Bridge Superestructure Design - AASHTO - LRFD - 2017 - CSiBridge

I
ntegr
ated3-
DBr
i
dgeAnal
ysi
s,Des
ignandRat
i
ng
v
ers
ion
22
AASHTO 2017
Bridge Superstructure Design Manual
for
Steel Frame Design Manual
ISO BRG120619M10 Rev. 0 December 2019

Proudly developed in the United States of America
COPYRIGHT
Copyright © Computers and Structures, Inc., 1978 – 2019

All rights reserved.
The CSI Logo® and CSiBridge® are registered trademarks of Computers and Structures, Inc.
The computer program CSiBridge® and all associated documentation are proprietary and copyrighted
products. Worldwide rights of ownership rest with Computers and Structures, Inc. Unlicensed use of this
program or reproduction of documentation in any form, without prior written authorization from
Computers and Structures, Inc., is explicitly prohibited.
No part of this publication may be reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, or stored in a
database or retrieval system, without the prior written permission of the publisher.
Further information and copies of this documentation may be obtained from:
Computers and Structures, Inc.

www.csiamerica.com
info@csiamerica.com (for general information)

support@csiamerica.com (for technical questions)
DISCLAIMER
CONSIDERABLE TIME, EFFORT, AND EXPENSE HAVE GONE INTO THE DEVELOPMENT AND
TESTING OF THIS SOFTWARE. HOWEVER, THE USER ACCEPTS AND UNDERSTANDS THAT
NO WARRANTY IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED BY THE DEVELOPERS OR THE DISTRIBUTORS
ON THE ACCURACY OR THE RELIABILITY OF THIS PRODUCT.
THIS PRODUCT IS A PRACTICAL AND POWERFUL TOOL FOR STRUCTURAL DESIGN.

HOWEVER, THE USER MUST EXPLICITLY UNDERSTAND THE BASIC ASSUMPTIONS OF THE
SOFTWARE MODELING, ANALYSIS, AND DESIGN ALGORITHMS AND COMPENSATE FOR
THE ASPECTS THAT ARE NOT ADDRESSED.
THE INFORMATION PRODUCED BY THE SOFTWARE MUST BE CHECKED BY A QUALIFIED

AND EXPERIENCED ENGINEER. THE ENGINEER MUST INDEPENDENTLY VERIFY THE
RESULTS AND TAKE PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE INFORMATION THAT IS
USED.
Contents
1 Introduction 1
1.1 Supported Deck Section Types 1
2 Concrete Box Girder Bridges 2
2.1 Stress Design AASHTO LRFD 2

Capacity Parameters 2
Algorithm 2
Stress Design Example 3
2.2 Flexure Design AASHTO LRFD 5

Variables 5
Design Process 5
Algorithm 6
Flexure Design Example 8
2.3 Shear Design AASHTO LRFD 13

Shear Design per AASHTO LRFD 2014 Cl. 5.8.6 Segmental Box Girder 14
Shear Design per AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.7.3 MCFT Including Torsion 27
2.4 Principal Stress Design, AASHTO LRFD 27

Demand Parameters 27
Algorithm 28
3 Multi-Cell Concrete Box Bridges using AMA 29
3.1 Stress Design 29
3.2 Shear Design 30
i
Bridge Superstructure Design AASHTO 2017
Variables 31
Design Process 32
Algorithms 32
3.3 Flexure Design 35

Variables 35
Design Process 36
Algorithms 37
4 Concrete Slab Bridges 40
4.2 Shear Design 41

Variables 42
Design Process 43
Algorithms 43

Variables 46
Design Process 46
Algorithms 47
5 Precast Concrete Girder Bridges 50
5.2 Shear Design 51

Variables 52
Design Process 53
Algorithms 53
Shear Design Example 56

Variables 61
Design Process 62
Algorithms 62
Flexure Capacity Design Example 65
5.4 Principal Stress Design 68

Demand Parameters 69
Algorithm 69
6 Steel I-Girder with Composite Slab 70
ii
6.1 Section Properties 70

Yield Moments 70
Plastic Moments 71
Section Classification and Factors 74
Unbraced Length L b and Section Transitions 77
6.2 Demand Sets 78

Demand Flange Stresses f bu and f f 79
Demand Flange Lateral Bending Stress fl 80
Depth of the Web in Compression 80
Moment Gradient Modifier C b 81
6.3 Strength Design Request 82

Flexure 82
Shear 88
6.4 Service Design Request 90
6.5 Fatigue Design Request 91

Web Fatigue 91
Flange Fatigue 92
6.6 Constructability Design Request 92

Staged (Steel-I Comp Construct Stgd) 92
Non-Staged (Steel-I Comp Construct NonStgd) 93
Slab Status vs. Unbraced Length 93
Flexure 93
Shear 95
6.7 Section Optimization 97
6.8 PennDOT Amendments for DM-4 98
7 Steel U-Girder Bridge with Composite Slab 99
7.1 Section Properties 99

Yield Moments 99
Plastic Moments 100
Section Classification and Factors 104
7.2 Demand Sets 105

Demand Flange Stresses f bu and f f 106
Demand Flange Lateral Bending Stress fl 107
Depth of the Web in Compression 107
7.3 Strength Design Request 108
iii
Flexure 108
Shear 111
7.4 Service Design Request 114
7.5 Web Fatigue Design Request 115
7.6 Constructability Design Request 116

Staged (Steel-U Comp Construct Stgd) 116
Non-staged (Steel-U Comp Construct NonStgd) 116
Slab Status vs Unbraced Length 117
Flexure 117
Shear 120
7.7 Section Optimization 123
8 References 125
iv
1 Introduction
This manual describes the bridge superstructure design algorithms in CSiBridge according to
AASHTO LRFD 2017 (AASHTO, 2017). Unless noted otherwise, references to AASHTO LRFD
within this manual shall be considered as AASHTO 2017.
It is important to read this entire manual before using the design algorithms to become familiar
with any limitations of the algorithms or assumptions that have been made.
1.1 Supported Deck Section Types

Each chapter in this manual describes the algorithm for a different superstructure deck section
type. The following deck section types are currently supported.
• Concrete Box (Chapter 2)

• Multicell Concrete Box (Chapter 3)
• Concrete Slab (Chapter 4)
• Precast I or U-girders with Composite Slab (Chapter 5)
• Steel I-girders with Composite Slab (Chapter 6)
• Steel U-girders with Composite Slab (Chapter 7)
Supported Deck Section Types 1

2 Concrete Box Girder Bridges
This chapter describes the algorithm CSiBridge applies when designing the deck superstructure
of concrete box girder bridges.
In CSiBridge, when distributing loads for concrete box design, the section is always treated as
one beam; all load demands (permanent and transient) are distributed evenly to the webs for stress
and flexure and proportionally to the slope of the web for shear. Torsion effects are always
considered and assigned to the outer webs and the top and bottom slabs.
2.1 Stress Design AASHTO LRFD
Capacity Parameters
PhiC Resistance Factor; default value = 1.0, typical value: 1.0. The
compression and tension limits are multiplied by the φ C factor.
FactorCompLim f’ c multiplier; default value = 0.4; typical values: 0.4 to 0.6. The f’ c
is multiplied by the FactorCompLim to obtain the compression limit.
FactorTensLim �𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ multiplier; default values = 0.19 (ksi), 0.5(MPa); typical values:
0 to 0.24 (ksi), 0 to 0.63 (MPa). The �𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ is multiplied by the
FactorTensLim to obtain the tension limit.
Algorithm
The stresses are evaluated at three points at the top fiber and three points at the bottom fiber:
extreme left, bridge layout line, and extreme right. The stresses assume linear distribution and
take into account axial (P) and both bending moments (M2 and M3).
The stresses are evaluated for each demand set. If the demand set contains live load, CSiBridge
positions the load to capture extreme stress at each of the evaluation points.
Extremes are found for each point and the controlling demand set name is recorded.
The stress limits are evaluated by applying the Capacity Parameters.
Stress Design AASHTO LRFD 2

Bridge Superstructure Design AASHTO 2017 Concrete Box Girder Bridges
Stress Design Example

Cross Section: AASHTO Box Beam, Type BIII-48 as shown in Figure 2-1.
Figure 2-1 – AASHTO LRFD stress design, AASHTO box beam, Type BIII-48
Concrete unit weight, w c 0.150 kcf

Concrete strength at 28 days, f’ c 5.0 ksi
Design span 95.0 ft
Prestressing strands ½ in. dia., seven wire, low relaxation
Area of one strand 0.153 in2
Ultimate strength f pu 270.0 ksi
Yield strength f py 0.9 ksi
f pu 243 ksi
Modulus of elasticity, E p 28500 ksi

Figure 2-2 - Reinforcement, AASHTO LRFD stress design AASHTO box beam, Type BIII-48
Reinforcing Bars
Yield strength, f y 60.0 ksi
Section Properties
A = cross-section area of beam 826 in2
h = overall depth of precast beam 39 in
I = moment of inertia about centroid of the beam 170812 in4
y b , y t = distance from centroid to the extreme 19.5 in
bottom (top) fiber of the beam
Demand forces from Dead and PT (COMB1) at station 570
P -856.51 kip
M3 -897.599 kip-in
Top fiber stress:
𝑃𝑃 𝑀𝑀3 −856.51 −897.599

𝜎𝜎𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = − 𝑦𝑦𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = − 19.5 = −0.9344ksi
𝐴𝐴 𝐼𝐼 826 170812
Bottom fiber stress:
𝑃𝑃 𝑀𝑀3 −856.51 −897.599

𝜎𝜎𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = + 𝑦𝑦𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = + 19.5 = −1.139ksi
𝐴𝐴 𝐼𝐼 826 170812
Stresses reported by CSiBridge:
Top fiber stress envelope = −0.9345 ksi
Bottom fiber stress envelope = −1.13945 ksi

2.2 Flexure Design AASHTO LRFD
Capacity Parameters
PhiC Resistance Factor; default value = 1.0, typical value: 1.0. The
nominal flexural capacity is multiplied by the resistance factor to
obtain factored resistance.
Variables
A ps Area of PT in the tension zone.
As Area of reinforcement in the tension zone.
A slab Area of the slab.
b slab Effective flange width = horizontal width of the slab, measured from
out-to-out.
b webeq Equivalent thickness of all webs in the section.
dp Distance from the extreme compression fiber to the centroid of the
prestressing tendons.
dS Distance from the extreme compression fiber to the centroid of rebar
in the tension zone.
f ps Average stress in prestressing steel (AASHTO LRFD Eq. 5.6.3.1.1-
1).
f pu Specified tensile strength of prestressing steel (area weighted average
of all tendons in the tensile zone).
f py Yield tensile strength of prestressing steel (area weighted average of
all tendons in the tensile zone).
fy Yield strength of rebar.
k PT material constant (AASHTO LRFD Eq. 5.6.3.1.1-2).
Mn Nominal flexural resistance.
Mr Factored flexural resistance.
t slabeq Equivalent thickness of the slab.
α1 Stress block factor, as specified in AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.6.2.2.
β1 Stress block factor, as specified in AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.6.2.2.
φ Resistance factor for flexure.
Design Process
The derivation of the moment resistance of the section is based on the approximate stress
distribution specified in AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.6.2.2. The natural relationship between concrete
stress and strain is considered satisfied by an equivalent rectangular concrete compressive stress
Flexure Design AASHTO LRFD 5

block of 𝛼𝛼1 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ over a zone bounded by the edges of the cross-section and a straight line located
parallel to the neutral axis at the distance a = β1 c from the extreme compression fiber. The factor
𝛼𝛼1 is taken as 0.85 for specified compressive strengths not exceeding 10.0 ksi. For specified
concrete compressive strengths exceeding 10.0 ksi, 𝛼𝛼1 is reduced at a rate of 0.02 for each 1.0 ksi
of strength in excess of 10.0 ksi, except that 𝛼𝛼1 is not taken less than 0.75. The distance c is
measured perpendicular to the neutral axis. The factor β 1 is taken as 0.85 for concrete strengths
not exceeding 4.0 ksi. For concrete strengths exceeding 4.0 ksi, β 1 is reduced at a rate of 0.05 for
each 1.0 ksi of strength in excess of 4.0 ksi, except that β 1 is not to be taken to be less than 0.65.
The flexural resistance is determined in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.6.3.2. The
resistance is evaluated for bending about horizontal axis 3 only. Separate capacity is calculated
for positive and negative moment. The capacity is based on bonded tendons and mild steel located
in the tension zone as defined in the Bridge Object. Tendons and mild steel reinforcement located
in the compression zone are not considered. It is assumed that all defined tendons in a section,
stressed or not, have f pe (effective stress after loses) larger than 0.5 f pu (specified tensile strength).
If a certain tendon should not be considered for the flexural capacity calculation, its area must be
set to zero.
The section properties are calculated for the section before skew, grade, and superelevation have
been applied. This is consistent with the demands being reported in the section local axis. It is
assumed that the effective width of the flange (slab) in compression is equal to the width of the
slab.
Algorithm
At each section:
 All section properties and demands are converted from CSiBridge model units to N, mm.
 The equivalent slab thickness is evaluated based on the slab area and slab width, assuming
a rectangular shape.
𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 =
𝑏𝑏𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
 The equivalent web thickness is evaluated as the summation of all web horizontal
thicknesses.
𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛
𝑏𝑏𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 = � 𝑏𝑏𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤
1
 The 𝛼𝛼1 stress block factor is evaluated in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.6.2.2
based on the section f’ c :
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ −10
If 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ > 10.0𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘, then 𝑎𝑎1 = max �0.85 − 0.02; 0.75�
1.0
else 𝑎𝑎1 = 0.85.

 The β 1 stress block factor is evaluated in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.6.2.2
If 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ > 28 MPa, then 𝛽𝛽1 = max �0.85 − 0.05; 0.65�
7
else 𝛽𝛽1 = 0.85.
 The tendon and rebar location, area, and material are read. Only bonded tendons are
processed; unbonded tendons are ignored.
Tendons and rebar are split into two groups depending on which sign of moment they
resist - negative or positive. A tendon or rebar is considered to resist a positive moment
when it is located outside of the top fiber compression stress block and is considered to
resist a negative moment when it is located outside of the bottom fiber compression stress
block. The compression stress block extends over a zone bounded by the edges of the
cross-section and a straight line located parallel to the neutral axis at the distance a = β 1 c
from the extreme compression fiber. The distance c is measured perpendicular to the
neutral axis.
For each tendon group, an area weighted average of the following values is determined:
- sum of the tendon areas, A ps

- distance from the extreme compression fiber to the centroid of prestressing tendons,
dP
- specified tensile strength of prestressing steel, f pu
- constant k (AASHTO LRFD Eq. 5.6.3.1.1-2)
For each rebar group, the following values are determined:
- sum of the tension rebar areas, A s

- distance from the extreme compression fiber to the centroid of the tension rebar, d s
 The distance c between the neutral axis and the compressive face is evaluated in
accordance with AASHTO LRFD Eq. 5.6.3.1.1-4:
𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + 𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠 𝑓𝑓𝑠𝑠

𝑐𝑐 =
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
𝛼𝛼1 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ 𝛽𝛽1 𝑏𝑏𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
𝑑𝑑𝑝𝑝
 The distance c is compared against requirements of AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.6.2.1 to verify
if stress in the mild reinforcement, f s can be taken as equal to f y .
𝑐𝑐 0.003
≤
𝑑𝑑𝑠𝑠 0.003 + 𝜀𝜀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
where the compression control strain limit 𝜀𝜀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 is per AASHTO LRFD Rable C5.6.2.1-1.
When the limit is not satisfied the stress in the mild reinforcement, sf s is reduced to satisfy

the requirements of AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.6.2.1.
 The distance c is compared to the equivalent slab thickness to determine if the section is
a T-section or rectangular section.
- If 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐1 > 𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 , the section is a T-section.
 If the section is a T-section, the distance c is recalculated in accordance with AASHTO

LRFD Eq. 5.6.3.1.1-3:
𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + 𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠 𝑓𝑓𝑠𝑠 − 𝛼𝛼1 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ �𝑏𝑏𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 − 𝑏𝑏𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 �𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠

𝑐𝑐 =
𝛼𝛼1 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ 𝛽𝛽1 𝑏𝑏𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
𝑦𝑦𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
 Average stress in the prestressing steel, f ps is calculated in accordance with AASHTO

LRFD Eq. 5.6.3.1.1-1:
𝑐𝑐
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �1 − 𝑘𝑘 �
𝑑𝑑𝑝𝑝
 Nominal flexural resistance M n is calculated in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Eq.

5.6.3.2.2-1:
If the section is a T-section:
𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐1 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐1
𝑀𝑀𝑛𝑛 = 𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �𝑑𝑑𝑝𝑝 − � + 𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠 𝑓𝑓𝑠𝑠 �𝑑𝑑𝑠𝑠 − �
2 2
𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐1 𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
+ 𝛼𝛼1 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ �𝑏𝑏𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 − 𝑏𝑏𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 �𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 � − �
2 2
else,
2 2
 Factored flexural resistance is obtained by multiplying M n by φ.
𝑀𝑀𝑟𝑟 = 𝜙𝜙𝜙𝜙𝑛𝑛
 Extreme moment M3 demands are found from the specified demand sets and the
controlling demand set name is recorded.
Flexure Design Example

Cross Section: AASHTO Box Beam, Type BIII-48, as shown in Figure 2-3.

Concrete strength at 28 days, f’ c 5.0 ksi (~34.473 MPa)

Design span 95.0 ft

f pu 243 ksi
Reinforcing bar yield strength, f y 60.0 ksi
Figure 2-3 – AASHTO LRFD flexure design cross-section, AASHTO box beam, Type BIII-48

Figure 2-4 - Reinforcement, AASHTO LRFD flexure design cross-section, AASHTO box beam, Type BIII-48
Section Properties
Demand forces from Dead and PT (COMB1) at station 570
P -856.51 kip
M3 -897.599 kip-in
Demand forces from Dead and PT (COMB1) at station 570:
P = −856.51 kip
M3 = −897.599 kip-in
 The equivalent slab thickness is evaluated based on the slab area and slab width, assuming
a rectangular shape:
𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 48 × 5.5
𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = = = 5.5𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝐵𝐵𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 48
Value reported by CSiBridge = 5.5 in
 The equivalent web thickness is evaluated as the summation of all web horizontal
thicknesses:

𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛
𝑏𝑏𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 = � 𝑏𝑏𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 = 5 + 5 = 10𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖

1
Value reported by CSiBridge = 10.0 in
Tendons are split into two groups depending on which sign of moment they resist -
negative or positive. A tendon is considered to resist a positive moment when it is located
outside of the top fiber compression stress block and is considered to resist a negative
moment when it is located outside of the bottom fiber compression stress block. The
compression stress block extends over a zone bounded by the edges of the cross-section
and a straight line located parallel to the neutral axis at the distance a = β 1 c from the
extreme compression fiber. The distance c is measured perpendicular to the neutral axis.
- sum of the tendon areas, 𝐴𝐴𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 = 0.153 (6 + 23) = 4.437𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
Value reported by CSiBridge = 4.437 in2
- distance from the center of gravity of the tendons to the extreme compression fiber:
23 × 2 + 6 × 4
𝑦𝑦𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 = 39 − = 36.586𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
23 + 6
Value reported by CSiBridge = 19.5 + 17.0862 = 36.586 in
- specified tensile strength of prestressing steel, 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 270𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Value reported by CSiBridge = 270 kip
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 243
𝑘𝑘 = 2 �1.04 � = 2 �1.04 � = 0.28
Value reported by CSiBridge = 0.28
 The β 1 stress block factor is evaluated in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.6.2.2
- If f’ c > 28 MPa, then
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ − 28
𝛽𝛽1 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 �0.85 − 0.05; 0.65�
7
34.473 − 28
= 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 �0.85 − 0.05; 0.65� = 0.80376
7

Value calculated by CSiBridge = 0.8037 (not reported).
accordance with AASHTO LRFD Eq. 5.6.3.1.1-4:
𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
𝑐𝑐 =
0.85𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ 𝛽𝛽1 𝑏𝑏𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
4.437 × 270
=
270
0.85 × 5 × 0.8037 × 48 + 0.28 × 4.437 = 6.91𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
36.586
Value calculated by CSiBridge = 6.919 in (not reported).
 The distance c is compared to the equivalent slab thickness to determine if the section is
a T-section or a rectangular section.
- If 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐1 > 𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 → 6.91 × 0.80376 = 5.56𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 > 5.5𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖, the section is a T-section.
Value reported by CSiBridge, section = T-section.
- If the section is a T-section, the distance c is recalculated in accordance with

AASHTO LRFD Eq. 5.6.3.1.1-3:
𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 − 0.85𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ �𝑏𝑏𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 − 𝑏𝑏𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 �𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠

𝑐𝑐 =
0.85𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ 𝛽𝛽1 𝑏𝑏𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑏𝑏𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 + 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
4.437 × 270 − 0.85 × 5(48 − 10)5.5

= = 7.149𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
270
0.85 × 5 × 0.8037 × 10 + 0.28 × 4.437
36.586
Value reported by CSiBridge = 7.1487 in.
 Average stress in prestressing steel f ps is calculated in accordance with AASHTO LRFD

Eq. 5.6.3.1.1-1:
𝑐𝑐 7.149
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �1 − 𝑘𝑘 � = 270 �1 − 0.28 � = 255.23𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑦𝑦𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 36.586
Value reported by CSiBridge = 255.228 ksi.
 Nominal flexural resistance M n is calculated in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Cl.

5.6.3.2.2-1.
 If the section is a T-section, then:
𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐1 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐1 𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠

𝑀𝑀𝑛𝑛 = 𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �𝑦𝑦𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 − � + 0.85𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ �𝑏𝑏𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 − 𝑏𝑏𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 �𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 � − �
2 2 2

7.149 × 0.80376
= 4.437 × 255.228 × �36.586 − �
2
7.149 × 0.80376 5.5
+ 0.85 × 5(48 − 10)5.5 � − �
2 2
= 38287.42 kip-in
Value calculated by CSiBridge = 38287.721 kip-in (not reported).
𝑀𝑀𝑟𝑟 = 𝜙𝜙𝜙𝜙𝑛𝑛 = 1.0 × 38287.42 = 38287.42𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − i𝑛𝑛
Value reported by CSiBridge = 38287.721 kip-in.
2.3 Shear Design AASHTO LRFD
Capacity Parameters
PhiC Resistance Factor; default value = 0.9, typical value: 0.7 to 0.9. The
nominal shear capacity of normal weight concrete sections is
multiplied by the resistance factor to obtain factored resistance.
PhiC Resistance Factor for light-weight concrete; default value = 0.7,
(Lightweight) typical values: 0.7 to 0.9. The nominal shear capacity of light-weight
concrete sections is multiplied by the resistance factor to obtain
factored resistance.
Include Resal Typical value: Yes. Specifies whether the component of inclined
(haunched flexural compression or tension, in the direction of the applied shear,
girder) Shear in variable depth members shall or shall not be considered when
Effect determining the design factored shear force. Resal is considered only
when the selected AASHTO LRFD Method for shear design = Cl.
5.8.6 segmental box girder.
Type of shear Specify approach to proportioning of transverse reinforcement per
rebar AASHTO LRFD Cl. C5.7.3.3. There are two options: proportioning
proportioning per AASHTO LRFD Figure C5.7.3.3-1 (Default) and proportioning
per AASHTO LRFD Figure C5.7.3.3-2.
LRFD Method Specifies which method for shear design will be used:
for shear design - AASHTO 2014 Cl. 5.8.6 segmental box girder (default)
- AASHTO 2017 Cl. 5.7.3.4.2 MCFT including torsion
The following design parameters are applicable only to the LRFD Method for shear design =
Section 5.7.3.4.2 MCFT including torsion:
Negative limit In nonprestressed longitudinal reinforcement in accordance with

on strain AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.7.3.4.2; default value = −0.4x10−3, typical
value(s): 0 to −0.4x10−3.
Shear Design AASHTO LRFD 13

Positive limit on In nonprestressed longitudinal reinforcement in accordance with

strain AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.7.3.4.2; default value = 6.0x10−3, typical
value: 6.0x10−3.
PhiC for N u Resistance Factor used in AASHTO LRFD Eq. 5.7.3.5-1; default
value = 1.0, typical values: 0.75 to 1.0.
PhiF for M u Resistance Factor used in AASHTO LRFD Eq. 5.7.3.5-1; default
sx Maximum distance between layers of longitudinal crack control
reinforcement per AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.7.3.4.2-7.
ag Maximum aggregate size, AASHTO LRFD Eq 5.7.3.4.2. This
parameter is used only when min transverse reinforcement is not
provided.
Method for Specify option of how to determine the sign of MuMin=(Vu-
determining Vp)*dv when demand Mu<(Vu-Vp)*dv (AASHTO LRFD Eq.
sign of MuMin 5.7.3.4.2-4). There are four options: 1:Automatic by CSiBridge;
2:Sign of MuMin equal to Mu; 3:Add two MuMin - one positive,
one negative; and 4:do not generate MuMin, use Mu.
Shear Design per AASHTO LRFD 2014 Cl. 5.8.6 Segmental Box Girder
2.3.2.1 Variables
A Gross area of the section.

AO Area enclosed by the shear flow path, including the area of holes, if any.
𝐴𝐴𝑙𝑙 Area of longitudinal torsion reinforcement.
A vsweb Area of shear reinforcement in the web per unit length.
A vtweb Area of transverse torsion reinforcement in the web per unit length.
b Minimum horizontal gross width of the web (not adjusted for ducts).
bv Minimum effective horizontal width of the web adjusted for the
presence of ducts.
be Minimum effective normal width of the shear flow path adjusted to
account for the presence of ducts.
dv Effective vertical height of the section = max(0.8×h, distance from
the extreme compression fiber to the center of gravity of the tensile
PT).
CG top , CG bot Distance from the center of gravity of the section to the top and
bottom fiber.
h Vertical height of the section.
𝑃𝑃𝑢𝑢 , 𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢2 , 𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢3 , 𝑇𝑇𝑢𝑢 Factored demand forces and moments per section.

t Minimum normal gross width of the web (not adjusted for ducts) =
𝑏𝑏 cos(∝𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 ).
tv Minimum effective normal width of the web = 𝑏𝑏 cos(∝𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 ).
α web Web angle of inclination from the vertical.
φ Resistance factor for shear.
κ web Distribution factor for the web.
λ Normal or light-weight concrete factor.
2.3.2.2 Design Process

With respect to shear and torsion check, in accordance with AASHTO LRFD 2014 Cl. 5.8.6,
torsion is considered.
The shear resistance is determined in accordance with AASHTO LRFD 2014 Cl. 5.8.6 (Shear and
Torsion for Segmental Box Girder Bridges). The procedure is not applicable to discontinuity
regions and applies only to sections where it is reasonable to assume that plane sections remain
plane after loading. The user should select for design only those sections that comply with the
preceding assumptions by defining appropriate station ranges in the Bridge Design Request.
If the option to consider real effects is activated, the component of the inclined flexural
compression or tension in the direction of the demand shear in variable depth members is
considered when determining the design section shear force (AASHTO LRFD 2014 Cl. 5.8.6.1).
The section design shear force is distributed into individual webs assuming that the vertical shear
that is carried by a web decreases with increased inclination of the web from vertical. Section
torsion moments are assigned to external webs and slabs.
The rebar area and ratio are calculated using measurements normal to the web. Thus, vertical
shear forces are divided by cos(alpha_web). The rebar area calculated is the actual, normal cross-
section of the bars. The rebar ratio is calculated using the normal width of the web, t web = b web ×
cos(alpha_web).
The effects of ducts in members are considered in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.8.6.1.
In determining the web or flange effective thickness, b e , one-half of the diameter of the ducts is
subtracted. All defined tendons in a section, stressed or not, are assumed to be grouted. Each
tendon at a section is checked for presence in the web or flange, and the minimum controlling
effective web and flange thicknesses are evaluated.
The tendon duct is considered as having effect on the web or flange effective thickness even if
only part of the duct is within the element boundaries. In such cases, the entire one-half of the
tendon duct diameter is subtracted from the element thickness.
If several tendon ducts overlap in one flange or web (when projected on the horizontal axis for
flange, or when projected on vertical axis for the web), the diameters of ducts are added for the
sake of evaluation of the effective thickness. In the web, the effective web thickness is calculated
at the top and bottom of each duct; in the flange, the effective thickness is evaluated at the left

and right sides of the duct.
The Shear and Torsion Design is completed first on a per web basis. Rebar needed for individual
webs is then summed and reported for the entire section. The D/C ratio is calculated for each web.
Then the shear area of all webs is summed and the entire section D/C is calculated. Therefore, the
controlling section D/C does not necessarily match the controlling web D/C (in
other words, other webs can make up the capacity for a “weak” web).
2.3.2.3 Algorithm
 If the option to consider resal effects is activated, the component of the inclined flexural
compression or tension in the direction of the demand shear in variable depth members
is evaluated as follows:
 Inclination angles of the top and bottom slabs are determined as:
�𝑦𝑦𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠2 − 𝑦𝑦𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠1 �
𝛼𝛼𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 � �
𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆2 − 𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆1
(𝑦𝑦𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠2 − 𝑦𝑦𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠1 )
𝛼𝛼𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 𝑎𝑎𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 � �
𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆2 − 𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆1
where,
y slabtop2 , y slabtop1 - vertical coordinate of the center of gravity of the top slab at
stations 1 and 2. The y origin is assumed to be at the top of the section and the +
direction is up.
Stat 1 , Stat 2 - stations of adjacent sections. When the section being analyzed is
“Before”, the current section station is Stat 2 ; when the section being analyzed is
“After”, the current section station is Stat 1 . Therefore, the statement Stat 1 < Stat 2
is always valid.
 The magnitudes of normal forces in slabs are determined as follows:
𝑃𝑃𝑢𝑢 𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢3
𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 � − 𝑑𝑑 �
𝐴𝐴 𝐼𝐼3 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
𝑃𝑃𝑢𝑢 𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢3
𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 � + 𝑑𝑑 �
𝐴𝐴 𝐼𝐼3 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
where d slabtop , d slabbot are distances from the center of gravity of the section to the center
of gravity of the slab (positive).
 The magnitudes of vertical components of slab normal forces are determined as follows:
𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 = 𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 tan 𝛼𝛼𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 = 𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 tan 𝛼𝛼𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠

 On the basis of the location and inclination of each web, the per-web demand values are
evaluated.
Outer Web Inner Web
T uwe
V uweb T uweb V uweb
Location b
Shear and �𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢2 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 � × 𝜅𝜅 �𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢2 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 � × 𝜅𝜅

Abs(T u
Torsion 0
Check cos ∝𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 ) cos ∝𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤
𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐(|𝛼𝛼𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 |)
where 𝜅𝜅𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 = ∑𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛
1 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐(|𝛼𝛼𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 |)
 Evaluate effective thicknesses:
Evaluate d v b v b e t v
 If 𝑏𝑏𝑣𝑣 ≤ 0, then
𝐷𝐷
𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 = 2, = 0; 𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 = 0; 𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 = 0; 𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 = 2; 𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 = 2
𝐶𝐶
proceed to report web results.
 If b e < 0, then SectionPassFlag = 2
 Evaluate design �𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ :
�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ min ��𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ 8.3 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀a�
 Evaluate the stress variable K:
 Calculate the extreme fiber stress:

𝑃𝑃 𝑀𝑀3 𝑃𝑃 𝑀𝑀3
𝜎𝜎𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = + 𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 𝜎𝜎𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = + 𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝜎𝜎𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = max( 𝜎𝜎𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 , 𝜎𝜎𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 )
𝐴𝐴 𝐼𝐼33 𝐴𝐴 𝐼𝐼33
|𝑃𝑃|
 If 𝜎𝜎𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 > 0.5�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ , then K=1; else 𝐾𝐾 = �1 + 𝐴𝐴
0.166×�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′
where 𝐾𝐾 < 2.
 Evaluate V c per web (shear capacity of concrete):
𝑉𝑉𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 0.1663𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ 𝑏𝑏𝑣𝑣 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 [AASHTO LRFD 2014 Cl. 5.8.6.5-3]
 Evaluate V s per web (shear force that is left to be carried by rebar):

𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢 − 𝜙𝜙𝜙𝜙𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 =
𝜙𝜙
 If 𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 < 0, then 𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 = 0

𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
else 𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 = .
𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣
 Verify the minimum reinforcement requirement:
 If 𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 < 0.35𝑡𝑡/𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦 (AASHTO LRFD 2014 Eq. 5.8.2.5-2), then
𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 = 0.35𝑡𝑡/𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦 and 𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 0
else 𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 = 1.
 Evaluate the nominal capacities:
𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣
𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = 𝑉𝑉𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑒𝑒𝑏𝑏 + 𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
 Evaluate the shear D/C for the web:

𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢
𝐷𝐷 𝜙𝜙
� � =
𝐶𝐶 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑏𝑏𝑣𝑣 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 �𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′
 Evaluate T cr (AASHTO LRFD 2014 Eq. 5.8.6.3-2):
𝑇𝑇𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 0.166𝐾𝐾�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ 2𝐴𝐴0 𝑏𝑏𝑒𝑒
 Evaluate torsion rebar:
1
 If 𝑇𝑇𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢 < 𝜙𝜙𝑇𝑇𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 , then
3
𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 = 0
𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 = 0
𝐴𝐴𝑙𝑙 = 0
Torsion Effects Flag =0;
else:
𝑇𝑇𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢
𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 =
𝜙𝜙𝐴𝐴0 2𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦

𝑇𝑇𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢 𝑃𝑃ℎ
𝐴𝐴𝑙𝑙 =
𝜙𝜙𝐴𝐴0 2𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦
Torsion Effects Flag =1.
 Evaluate the combined shear and torsion D/C for the web:
𝑉𝑉𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 𝑇𝑇
𝐷𝐷 + 𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢
𝜙𝜙𝜙𝜙𝑣𝑣 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 𝜙𝜙2𝐴𝐴0 𝑏𝑏𝑒𝑒
� � =
𝐶𝐶 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 1.25�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′
 Evaluate the controlling D/C for the web:
𝐷𝐷 𝐷𝐷
 If � � >� � , then Ratio Flag =0
𝑐𝑐 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑐𝑐 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡
else
Ratio Flag = 1
𝐷𝐷 𝐷𝐷 𝐷𝐷
= 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 �� ,� � �
𝐶𝐶 𝐶𝐶 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝐶𝐶 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡
𝐷𝐷
 If > 1, then Web Pass Flag =1;
𝐶𝐶
else
Web Pass Flag = 0.
 Assign web rebar flags where the rebar flag convention is:
Flag = 0 – rebar governed by minimum code requirement
Flag = 1 – rebar governed by demand
Flag = 2 – rebar not calculated since the web b v < 0
Flag = 3 – rebar not calculated since the web is not part of the shear flow path for
torsion
 Evaluate entire section values:
𝑉𝑉𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = � 𝑉𝑉𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = � 𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = � 𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛

𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 = � 𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣
𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 = � 𝑉𝑉𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣
𝐴𝐴𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 = 𝐴𝐴𝑙𝑙
 Evaluate entire section D/C:

∑𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛
1 𝑡𝑡𝑣𝑣
𝜙𝜙𝜙𝜙𝑣𝑣 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣
𝐷𝐷 ∑𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛
1 𝑡𝑡𝑣𝑣
� � =
𝐶𝐶 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 �𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′
This is equivalent to:
|𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 |
𝐷𝐷 𝜙𝜙 ∑𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛
1 𝑡𝑡𝑣𝑣 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣
� � =
𝐶𝐶 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 �𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′
and
|𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 | |𝑇𝑇𝑢𝑢 |
+
1 𝑡𝑡 𝑑𝑑
𝑣𝑣 𝑣𝑣
𝜙𝜙2𝐴𝐴 0 𝑏𝑏𝑒𝑒
� � =
𝐶𝐶 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 1.25�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′
 Evaluate controlling D/C for section:
𝐷𝐷 𝐷𝐷
 � � >� � , then Ratio Flag = 0 else Ratio Flag = 1
𝑐𝑐 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝑐𝑐 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡
= 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 �� ,� � �
𝐶𝐶 𝐶𝐶 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝐶𝐶 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡
𝐷𝐷
 If > 1 then Section Pass Flag = 1;
𝐶𝐶
else
Section Pass Flag = 0.
 Assign section design flags where flag convention is:
Flag = 0 – Section Passed all code checks
Flag = 1 – Section D/C > 1
Flag = 2 – Section b e < 0 (section invalid)

2.3.2.4 Shear Design Example

Cross Section: AASHTO Box Beam, Type BIII-48, as shown in Figure 2-5.
Figure 2-5 - Shear design example, AASHTO box beam, Type BIII-48
ϕ 0.9
λ 1.0
Concrete strength at 28 days, f’ c 5.0 ksi (~34.473 MPa)
Design span 95.0 ft
f pu 243 ksi
Reinforcing bar yield strength, f y 60.0 ksi
Section Properties

A slabtop = A slabbot = 48x5.5 264 in2

A o = (48-5) x (39-5.5) 1440.5 in2
P h = 2 x (48-5+39-5.5) 153 in
Demand forces from Dead and PT (COMB1) at station 114 before
P -800 kip
M3 -7541 kip-in
V2 -33 kip
T 4560 kip-in
Figure 2-6 - Shear design example reinforcement, AASHTO box beam, Type BIII-48
 On the basis of the location and inclination of each web, the per-web demand values are
evaluated.
Outer Web Inner Web
T uwe
V uweb T uweb V uweb
Location b
�𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢2 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 � × 𝜅𝜅

Shear and cos ∝𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤
0
Torsion Abs(T u ) = 515.2E+06 N/A
Check |148.3𝐸𝐸03 + 0 + 0| × 1 N/A
cos 0
= 74151.9𝑁𝑁

𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐(|𝛼𝛼𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤|) 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐(|0|)
where, 𝜅𝜅𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 = ∑𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = ∑2 = 0.5
1 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐(|𝛼𝛼𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤|) 1 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐(|0|)
 Evaluate the effective shear flow path thicknesses:
𝑏𝑏𝑒𝑒 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚�𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 , 𝑡𝑡𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 , 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 , 𝑡𝑡𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 �

= 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚(127,127,139.7,139.7) = 127𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
 Evaluate the effective web width and normal thickness:
Since the web is vertical, b v = t v = 127 mm.
 Evaluate the effective depth:
Since M3 < 0:
𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 = max�0.8ℎ, 𝑦𝑦𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 𝑦𝑦𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 �

= max(0.8 × 990.6, 495.3 + 419.1) = 914.4𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
 Evaluate design �𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ :
�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 ��𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ , 8.3 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀� = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚��34.473, 8.3 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀� = 5.871
 Evaluate stress variable K:
Calculate the extreme fiber stress:
𝑃𝑃 𝑀𝑀3 −3560𝐸𝐸03 −852𝐸𝐸06

𝜎𝜎𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = + 𝐶𝐶𝐺𝐺𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = + 495.3 = −12.616𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀
𝐴𝐴 𝐼𝐼33 532902 71097322269
𝑃𝑃 𝑀𝑀3 −3560𝐸𝐸03 −852𝐸𝐸06
𝜎𝜎𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = + 𝐶𝐶𝐺𝐺𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = + 495.3 = −0.745𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀
𝐴𝐴 𝐼𝐼33 532902 71097322269
𝜎𝜎𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚�𝜎𝜎𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 , 𝜎𝜎𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 � = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚(−12.61, −0.745) = −0.745𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀
If 𝜎𝜎𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 > 0.5�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ , then 𝐾𝐾 = 1 → 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓;
|𝑃𝑃| |−3560𝐸𝐸+03|
else 𝐾𝐾 = �1 + 𝐴𝐴
= �1 + 532902
= 2.8
0.166×5.871
0.166×�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′
where K < 2; therefore K = 2.
 Evaluate V c per web (shear capacity of concrete; AASHTO LRFD 2014 Cl. 5.8.6.5-3):
𝑉𝑉𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 0.166𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ 𝑏𝑏𝑣𝑣 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 = 0.1663 × 2 × 1.0 × 5.871 × 127 × 914.4

= 226781𝑁𝑁
 Evaluate V s per web (shear force that is left to be carried by the rebar):

𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢 − 𝜙𝜙𝜙𝜙𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 74151.9 − 0.9 × 226781

𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = = = −144392𝑁𝑁
𝜙𝜙 0.9
If 𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 < 0, then 𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 = 0 → 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡;

𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
else 𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 =
𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣
 Verify minimum reinforcement requirement:
 If 𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 < 0.35𝑡𝑡/𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦 (AASHTO LRFD 2014 Eq. 5.8.2.5-2), then → true
0.35𝑡𝑡 0.35×127
𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 = = = 0.10745𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚2 /𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 and 𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 0
𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦 413.68
else 𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 = 1
 Evaluate the nominal capacities:
𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 = 0.10745 × 413.68 × 914.4 = 40645𝑁𝑁
𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = 𝑉𝑉𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 + 𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 226781 + 40645 = 267426𝑁𝑁
 Evaluate the shear D/C for the web:

𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢 74151.9
𝐷𝐷 𝜙𝜙 0.9
� � = = 0.1208
𝐶𝐶 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑏𝑏𝑣𝑣 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 �𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ 127 × 914.4 × 5.871
 Evaluate T cr (AASHTO LRFD 2014 Eq. 5.8.6.3-2):
𝑇𝑇𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 0.166𝐾𝐾�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ 2𝐴𝐴0 𝑏𝑏𝑒𝑒 = 0.166 × 2 × 5.871 × 2 × 929353 × 127

= 460147419 𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁
 Evaluate the torsion rebar:
1 1
 If 𝑇𝑇𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢 < 𝜙𝜙𝑇𝑇𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 => 515.2𝐸𝐸6 < 0.9 × 460𝐸𝐸6 → 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓, then:
3 3
𝑇𝑇𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢 515.2𝐸𝐸6
𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 = = = 0.7444𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚2 /𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
𝜙𝜙𝐴𝐴0 2𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦 0.9 × 929352 × 2 × 413.68
𝑇𝑇𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢 𝑝𝑝ℎ 515.2𝐸𝐸6 × 3886.2

𝐴𝐴𝑙𝑙 = = = 2893𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚2
𝜙𝜙𝐴𝐴0 2𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 0.9 × 929352 × 2 × 413.68
Torsion Effects Flag = 1.
 Evaluate the combined shear and torsion D/C for the web:

𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢 𝑇𝑇 74151.9 515.2𝐸𝐸6

+ 𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢
𝐷𝐷 𝜙𝜙𝑏𝑏𝑣𝑣 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 𝜙𝜙2𝐴𝐴0 𝑏𝑏𝑒𝑒 0.9 × 127 × 914.4 + 0.9 × 2 × 929352 × 127
� � = =
𝐶𝐶 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 1.25�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ 1.25 × 5.871
= 0.427
 Evaluate the controlling D/C for the web:
𝐷𝐷 𝐷𝐷
 If � � >� � , then Ratio Flag = 0 → false;
𝐶𝐶 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝐶𝐶 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡
else
Ratio Flag = 1 → true
= 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 �� ,� � � = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚(0.1208, 0.427) = 0.427
𝐶𝐶 𝐶𝐶 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝐶𝐶 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡
𝐷𝐷
 If > 1, then Web Pass Flag = 1→ true;
𝐶𝐶
else,
Web Pass Flag = 0.
Assign web rebar flags where rebar flag convention is:
Flag = 0 – rebar governed by minimum code requirement
Flag = 1 – rebar governed by demand => true
Flag = 2 – rebar not calculated since web b v < 0
Flag = 3 – rebar not calculated since the web is not part of the shear flow path for
torsion.
 Evaluate the entire section values:
𝑉𝑉𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = � 𝑉𝑉𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 2 × 226781 = 453562𝑁𝑁
𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = � 𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 2 × 40645 = 81290𝑁𝑁
𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = � 𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = 2 × 267426 = 534852𝑁𝑁
𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 = � 𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 = 2 × 0.10745 = 0.2149𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚2 /𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 = � 𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 = 2 × 0.7444887 = 1.48898𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚2 /𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
𝐴𝐴𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 = 𝐴𝐴𝑙𝑙 = 2893𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚2

 Evaluate entire section D/C:

∑𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛
1 𝑡𝑡𝑣𝑣
𝜙𝜙𝑏𝑏𝑣𝑣 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣
𝐷𝐷 ∑𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛
1 𝑡𝑡𝑣𝑣
� � =
𝐶𝐶 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 �𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′
This is equivalent to:
|𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 | 148.3𝐸𝐸3
1 𝑡𝑡𝑣𝑣 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 0.9 ∑ 2
1 127 × 914.4
� � = = = 0.1208
𝐶𝐶 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 �𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ 5.871
and
|𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 | |𝑇𝑇𝑢𝑢 |
+
1 𝑡𝑡𝑣𝑣 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣
𝜙𝜙2𝐴𝐴 0 𝑏𝑏𝑒𝑒
� � =
𝐶𝐶 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 1.25�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′
148.3𝐸𝐸3 515.2𝐸𝐸6
+
0.9 ∑21 127 × 914.4 0.9 × 2 × 929352 × 127
= = 0.427
1.25 × 5.871
 Evaluate the controlling D/C for the section:
𝐷𝐷 𝐷𝐷
 If � � >� � , then the Ratio Flag = 0 → false;
𝐶𝐶 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝐶𝐶 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡
else Ratio Flag = 1 →true
= 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 �� ,� � � = max(0.1208, 0.427) = 0.427
𝐶𝐶 𝐶𝐶 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝐶𝐶 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡
𝐷𝐷
 If > 1, then Section Pass Flag = 1→ true;
𝐶𝐶
else,
Section Pass Flag = 0.
Assign the section design flags where the flag convention is:
Flag = 0 – Section passed all code checks → true
Flag = 1 – Section D/C >1
Flag = 2 – Section b e < 0 (section invalid)

Shear Design per AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.7.3 MCFT Including Torsion
2.3.3.1 Shear Design
For shear design refer to 2.3.2.
2.3.3.2 Torsion Design

First CSiBridge determines if the torsional effects shall be considered per AASHTO LRFD Cl.
5.7.2.1.
𝐴𝐴2 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝

𝑇𝑇𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 0.125�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ �1 +
𝑝𝑝𝑐𝑐 0.125�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′
If 𝑇𝑇𝑢𝑢 > 0.25𝜙𝜙𝑇𝑇𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 then the required total area of transverse torsion reinforcement in the exterior
web per unit length is determined per AASHTO LRFD Eq 5.7.3.6.2-1 as:
𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑇𝑇𝑢𝑢
=
𝑠𝑠 𝜙𝜙𝐴𝐴𝑜𝑜 𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
and the longitudinal reinforcement for torsion per AASHTO LRFD Eq. 5.7.3.6.3-2 as:
𝑇𝑇𝑢𝑢 𝑝𝑝ℎ
𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 =
𝜙𝜙𝐴𝐴0 𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦
2.4 Principal Stress Design, AASHTO LRFD
Capacity Parameters
PhiC Resistance Factor; default value = 1.0, typical value: 1.0.
The compression and tension limits are multiplied by the φ C factor.
FactorTensLim to obtain tension limit.
Demand Parameters
FactorCompLim Percentage of the basic unit stress for compression service design;
default value = 1.0; typical values 1.0 to 1.5. The demand
compressive stresses are divided by the FactorCompLim factor. This
way the controlling stress can be selected and compared against one
compression limit.
Principal Stress Design, AASHTO LRFD 27

FactorTensLim Percentage of the basic unit stress for tension service design; default
value = 1.0; typical values 1.0 to 1.5. The demand tensile stresses are
divided by the FactorCompLim factor. This way the controlling
stress can be selected and compared against one tension limit.
Algorithm
The stresses are evaluated at three points along the web – at the bottom of the web (where the
web enters the bottom slab), at the top of the web (where the web enters the top slab), and at the
neutral axis of the section. The stresses assume a linear distribution and take into account axial
(P), both bending moments (M2 and M3), vertical shear (V2), and torsion. The shear and torsion
are distributed into individual webs in the same manner as described in 2.3.2.3.
Principal Stress Design, AASHTO LRFD 28

3 Multi-Cell Concrete Box Bridges using AMA
of multicell concrete box girder bridges. The algorithm allows use of the Approximate Method
of Analysis, as described in the AASHTO LRFD.
For multicell concrete box design in CSiBridge, each web and its tributary slabs are designed
separately. Moments and shears due to live load are distributed to individual webs in accordance
with the factors specified in AASHTO LRFD Cl. 4.6.2.2.2 and Cl. 4.6.2.2.3. To control if the
section is designed as “a whole-width structure” in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Cl.
4.6.2.2.1, select “Yes” for the “Diaphragms Present” option. When CSiBridge calculates the Live
Load Distribution (LLD) factors, the section and span qualification criteria stated in AASHTO
LRFD Cl. 4.6.2.2 are verified and non-compliant sections are not designed.
When determining the D over C ratio per AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.7.3.4.2, the shear design request
ignores torsion. However, it should be noted that when the LLDF option is set to “Use Directly
Girder Forces from Analysis” the torsional component of the shear is accounted for in the web
shear demands.
3.1 Stress Design

The following parameters are considered during stress design:

The stresses are evaluated at three points at the top fiber of the top slab and three points at the
bottom fiber of the bottom slab: the left corner, the centerline web and the right corner of the
relevant slab tributary area. The location is labeled in the output plots and tables.
Stress Design 29
Bridge Superstructure Design AASHTO 2017 Multi-Cell Concrete Box Bridges using AMA
Concrete strength f’ c is read at every point, and compression and tension limits are evaluated
using the FactorCompLim - f’ c multiplier and FactorTensLim - �𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ multiplier.
The stresses assume linear distribution and take into account axial (P) and either both bending
moments (M2 and M3) or only P and M3, depending on which method for determining LLD
factors have been specified in the Design Request.
The stresses are evaluated for each demand set. Extremes are found for each point and the
The stress limits are evaluated by applying the preceding parameters.
3.2 Shear Design

The following parameters are considered during shear design:
PhiC Resistance Factor; default value = 0.9, typical values: 0.7 to 0.9. The
PhiC Resistance Factor for lightweight concrete; default value = 0.7,
(Lightweight) typical values: 0.7 to 0.9. The nominal shear capacity of lightweight
Check Sub Type Typical value: MCFT. Specifies which method for shear design will
be used: either Modified Compression Field Theory (MCFT) in
accordance with AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.7.3.4.2; or the Vci/Vcw
method in accordance with AASHTO LRFD 2014 Cl. 5.8.3.4.3.
Currently only the MCFT option is available.
value(s): 0 to −0.4x10−3.
value: 6.0x10−3.
provided.
Shear Design 30

rebar AASHTO LRFD Cl. C5.7.3.3. There are two options:
proportioning proportioning per AASHTO LRFD Figure C5.7.3.3-1 (Default) and
proportioning per AASHTO LRFD Figure C5.7.3.3-2.

Variables
Ac Area of concrete on the flexural tension side of the member.
A ps Area of prestressing steel on the flexural tension side of the member.
𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 Area of nonprestressed steel on the flexural tension side of the
member at the section under consideration.
A vs Area of transverse shear reinforcement per unit length.
A vsmin Minimum area of transverse shear reinforcement per unit length in
accordance with AASHTO LRFD Eq. 5.7.2.5.
a Depth of equivalent stress block in accordance with AASHTO LRFD
Cl. 5.6.3.2.2. Varies for positive and negative moment.
b Minimum web width.
bv Effective web width adjusted for presence of prestressing ducts in
accordance with AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.7.2.1.
d girder Depth of the girder.
d PTbot Distance from the top of the top slab to the center of gravity of the
tendons in the bottom of the precast beam.
dv Effective shear depth in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Cl.
5.7.2.8.
Ec Young’s modulus of concrete.
Ep Prestressing steel Young’s modulus.
Es Reinforcement Young’s modulus.
f pu Specified tensile strength of the prestressing steel.
Mu Factored moment at the section.
Nu Applied factored axial force, taken as positive if tensile.
Vp Component in the direction of the applied shear of the effective
prestressing force; if V p has the same sign as V u , the component is
resisting the applied shear.
Vu Factored shear demand per girder excluding force in tendons.
V 2c Shear in the section cut excluding the force in tendons.
Shear Design 31
V 2Tot Shear in the section cut including the force in tendons.

εs Strain in nonprestressed longitudinal tension reinforcement
(AASHTO LRFD Eq. 5.7.3.4.2-4).
ε sLimitPos , ε sLimitNeg Max and min value of strain in nonprestressed longitudinal tension
reinforcement as specified in the Design Request.
ϕv Resistance factor for shear.
ϕp Resistance factor for axial load.
ϕF Resistance factor for moment.
Design Process
The shear resistance is determined in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.7.3.4.2 (derived
from Modified Compression Field Theory). The procedure assumes that the concrete shear
stresses are distributed uniformly over an area b v wide and d v deep, that the direction of principal
compressive stresses (defined by angle θ and shown as D) remains constant over d v , and that the
shear strength of the section can be determined by considering the biaxial stress conditions at just
one location in the web. For design, the user should select only those sections that comply with
these assumptions by defining appropriate station ranges in the Design Request.
The effective web width is taken as the minimum web width, measured parallel to the neutral
axis, between the resultants of the tensile and compressive forces as a result of flexure. In
determining the effective web width at a particular level, one-quarter the diameter of grouted
ducts at that level is subtracted from the web width.
All defined tendons in a section, stressed or not, are assumed to be grouted. Each tendon at a
section is checked for presence in the web, and the minimum controlling effective web
thicknesses are evaluated.
The tendon duct is considered to have an effect on the web effective thickness even if only part
of the duct is within the web boundaries. In such cases, the entire one-quarter of the tendon duct
diameter is subtracted from the element thickness.
If several tendon ducts overlap in one web (when projected on the vertical axis), the diameters of
the ducts are added for the sake of evaluation of the effective thickness. The effective web
thickness is calculated at the top and bottom of each duct.
Shear design is completed on a per-web basis. When determining the D over C ratio per AASHTO
LRFD Cl. 5.7.3.4.2, the shear design request ignores torsion. However, it should be noted that
when the LLDF option is set to “Use Directly Girder Forces from Analysis” the torsional
component of the shear is accounted for in the web shear demands.
Algorithms
All section properties and demands are converted from CSiBridge model units to N, mm.
Shear Design 32
For every COMBO specified in the Design Request that contains envelopes, a new force demand
set is generated. The new force demand set is built up from the maximum tension values of P and
the maximum absolute values of V2 and M3 of the two StepTypes (Max and Min) present in the
envelope COMBO case. The StepType of this new force demand set is named ABS and the signs
of the P, V2, and M3 are preserved. The ABS case follows the industry practice where sections
are designed for extreme shear and moments that are not necessarily corresponding to the same
design vehicle position. The section cut is designed for all three StepTypes in the COMBO - Max,
Min, and ABS - and the controlling StepType is reported.
In cases where the demand moment |𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢 | < �𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 − 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 � × 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 , two new force demand sets are generated
where 𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢 = �𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 − 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 �𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 and 𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢 = �𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 − 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 �𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣. The acronyms “-CodeMinMuPos”
and “-CodeMinMuNeg” are added to the end of the StepType name. The signs of the P and V2
are preserved.
The component in the direction of the applied shear of the effective prestressing force, positive if
resisting the applied shear, is evaluated:
𝑉𝑉2𝑐𝑐 − 𝑉𝑉2𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇
𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 =
𝑛𝑛𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔
The depth of the equivalent stress block ‘a’ for both positive and negative moment is evaluated
in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Eq. 5.6.3.1.1.
Effective shear depth is evaluated as:
If 𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢 > 0, then 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚�0.72 × 𝑑𝑑𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 , 0.9 × 𝑑𝑑𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 , 𝑑𝑑𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 − 0.5 × 𝑎𝑎�
0.72 × 𝑑𝑑𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 , 0.9 × �𝑑𝑑𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 − 0.5 × 𝑑𝑑𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 �,

If 𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢 < 0, then 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 � �
�𝑑𝑑𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 − 0.5 × 𝑑𝑑𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 � − 0.5 × 𝑎𝑎
The demand/capacity ratio (D/C) is calculated based on the maximum permissible shear capacity
of the web to ensure that the web of the beam will not crush prior to yield of the transverse
reinforcement at a section in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.7.3.3-2.
𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢
𝐷𝐷 − 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝
𝜙𝜙𝑉𝑉 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.7.3.3-2]
=
𝐶𝐶 0.25 × 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ × 𝑏𝑏 × 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣
Evaluate the numerator and denominator of (AASHTO LRFD Eq. 5.7.3.4.2-4).
|𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢 |
𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = + 0.5 × 𝑁𝑁𝑢𝑢 + �𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 − 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 � − 𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 × 0.7 × 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
𝑑𝑑𝑉𝑉
𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝 × 𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + 𝐸𝐸𝑠𝑠 × 𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣
Adjust denominator values as follows:
If 𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 0 and 𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 > 0, then ε s = ε sLimitPos and
Shear Design 33
𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
− 𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝 × 𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠
𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 =
𝐸𝐸𝑠𝑠
If 𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 < 0, then 𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝 × 𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + 𝐸𝐸𝑠𝑠 × 𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 + 𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 × 𝐴𝐴𝑐𝑐
Evaluate AASHTO LRFD Eq. 5.7.3.4.2-4:

𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠 =
𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
Check if axial tension is large enough to crack the flexural compression face of the section.
𝑁𝑁𝑢𝑢
If > 0.52 × �𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ , then 𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠 = 2 × 𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠
𝐴𝐴𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔
Check against the limit on the strain in nonprestressed longitudinal tension reinforcement
specified in the Design Request, and if necessary, recalculate how much longitudinal rebar is
needed to reach the EpsSpos tension limit.
𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚�𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠 , 𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 � and 𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚(𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠 , 𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 )
Evaluate the angle θ of inclination of diagonal compressive stresses as determined in AASHTO

LRFD Cl. 5.7.3.4.
18 ≤ 29 + 3500 × 𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠 ≤ 45 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.7.3.4]
Evaluate the factor indicating the ability of diagonally cracked concrete to transmit tension and
shear, as specified in AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.7.3.4.
4.8
𝛽𝛽 = [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.7.3.4.2-1]
1 + 750 × 𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠
Evaluate the nominal shear resistance provided by tensile stresses in the concrete (AASHTO
LRFD Eq. 5.7.3.3-3).
𝑉𝑉𝑐𝑐 = 0.083 × 𝛽𝛽 × 𝜆𝜆 × �𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ × 𝑏𝑏 × 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣
Evaluate how much shear demand is left to be carried by rebar.
𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢
𝑉𝑉𝑆𝑆 = � − 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 � − 𝑉𝑉𝑐𝑐
𝜙𝜙𝑠𝑠
If 𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠 < 0, then 𝐴𝐴𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 = 0; else,
𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠
𝐴𝐴𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 =
1 [AASHTO LRFD Eq. 5.7.3.3-4]
𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦 × 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 ×
𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡
Check against minimum transverse shear reinforcement.
Shear Design 34
0.083×𝜆𝜆�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ ×𝑏𝑏
If |𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 | > 0.5 × 𝜙𝜙𝑠𝑠 × �𝑉𝑉𝑐𝑐 + 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 �, then 𝐴𝐴𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 = in accordance with (AASHTO
𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦
LRFD Eq. 5.7.2.5-1); else A VSmin = 0.
If V s < 0, then A VS = A VSmin ; else A VS = max(A VSmin , A VS ).
Recalculate V s in accordance with (AASHTO LRFD Eq. 5.7.3.3-4).
1
𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠 = 𝐴𝐴𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 × 𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦 × 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 ×
Evaluate the longitudinal rebar on the flexure tension side in accordance with AASHTO LRFD
Eq. 5.7.3.5-1:
𝑉𝑉𝑈𝑈 |𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 |
|𝑀𝑀𝑈𝑈 | 𝑁𝑁𝑈𝑈 �𝜙𝜙𝑆𝑆 − 𝑉𝑉𝑃𝑃 � − 0.5 × 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 �𝑉𝑉𝑆𝑆 , 𝜙𝜙 � 1
𝐴𝐴𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆 =� + 0.5 × + − 𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝 × 𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 � ×
𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 × 𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝜙𝜙𝑃𝑃 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦
𝐴𝐴𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚�𝐴𝐴𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 , 𝐴𝐴𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆 �
Assign longitudinal rebar to the top or bottom side of the girder based on the moment sign.
If 𝑀𝑀𝑈𝑈 < 0, then 𝐴𝐴𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 = 𝐴𝐴𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 and 𝐴𝐴𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑒𝑒 = 0,
else 𝐴𝐴𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 = 0 and 𝐴𝐴𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 = 𝐴𝐴𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 .
3.3 Flexure Design

The following parameter is used in the design of flexure:
PhiC Resistance factor; default value = 1.0, typical value(s): 1.0. The
nominal flexural capacity is multiplied by the resistance factor to
obtain factored resistance.
Variables
A ps Area of the PT in the tension zone.
A slab Tributary area of the slab.
Cl. 5.6.3.2.2.
b slab Effective flange width = horizontal width of the slab tributary area,
measured from out-to-out.
b webeq Thickness of the beam web.
Flexure Design 35

prestressing tendons in the tension zone.
ds Distance from the extreme compression fiber to the centroid of the
rebar in the tension zone.
1).
all tendons are in the tensile zone).
t slabeq Thickness of the composite slab.
ϕ Resistance factor for flexure.
Design Process
set to zero.
Flexure Design 36
assumed that the effective width of the flange (slab) in compression is equal to the width of the
slab.
Algorithms
At each section:
The equivalent slab thickness is evaluated based on the tributary slab area and the slab width
assuming a rectangular shape.
𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 =
𝑏𝑏𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
The 𝛼𝛼1 stress block factor is evaluated in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.6.2.2 based on
section f’ c .
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑖𝑖 −10
If 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ > 10.0𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘, then 𝛼𝛼1 = max �0.85 − 0.02; 0.75�
1.0
else 𝛼𝛼1 = 0.85
The β 1 stress block factor is evaluated in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.6.2.2 based on
section f’ c .
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑖𝑖 −28
If 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ > 28 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀, then 𝛽𝛽1 = max �0.85 − 0.05; 0.65�
7
else 𝛽𝛽1 = 0.85.
The tendon and rebar location, area, and material are read. Only bonded tendons are processed;
unbonded tendons are ignored.
Tendons and rebar are split into two groups depending on the sign of the moment they resist -
negative or positive. A tendon or rebar is considered to resist a positive moment when it is located
outside of the top fiber compression stress block and is considered to resist a negative moment
when it is located outside of the bottom fiber compression stress block. The compression stress
block extends over a zone bounded by the edges of the cross-section and a straight line located
parallel to the neutral axis at the distance a = β 1 c from the extreme compression fiber. The
distance c is measured perpendicular to the neutral axis.
 sum of the tendon areas, A PS

 center of gravity of the tendons, d P
 specified tensile strength of prestressing steel, f pu
 constant k (AASHTO LRFD Eq. 5.6.3.1.1-2)
Flexure Design 37
𝑘𝑘 = 2 �1.04 − �
 sum of tension rebar areas, A s

 distance from the extreme compression fiber to the centroid of the tension rebar, d s
Positive moment resistance – first it is assumed that the equivalent compression stress block is
within the top slab. Distance c between the neutral axis and the compressive face is calculated in
accordance with (AASHTO LRFD Eq. 5.6.3.1.1-4)
𝐴𝐴𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 𝑓𝑓𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 + 𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠 𝑓𝑓𝑠𝑠

𝑐𝑐 =
𝛼𝛼1 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ 𝛽𝛽1 𝑏𝑏𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 + 𝑘𝑘𝐴𝐴𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃
𝑑𝑑𝑝𝑝
The distance c is compared against the requirement of AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.6.2.1 to verify if
stress in mild reinforcement f s can be taken as equal to f y . The limit on ratio c/d s is calculated
depending on what kind of code and its interim are specified in the Bridge Design Preferences
form:
𝑐𝑐 0.003
≤
where the compression control strain limit 𝜀𝜀𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 is per AASHTO LRFD Table C5.6.2.1-1.
When the limit is not satisfied the stress in mild reinforcement f s is reduced to satisfy the
requirement of Section 5.6.2.1.
The distance c is compared to the equivalent slab thickness to determine if the section is a T-
section or rectangular section.
If 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐1 > 𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 , the section is a T-section.
If the section is a T-section, the distance c is recalculated in accordance with AASHTO LRFD
Eq. 5.6.3.1.1-3.
𝐴𝐴𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 𝑓𝑓𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 + 𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠 𝑓𝑓𝑠𝑠 − 𝛼𝛼1 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ �𝑏𝑏𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 − 𝑏𝑏𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 �𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠

𝑐𝑐 =
𝛼𝛼1 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ 𝛽𝛽1 𝑏𝑏𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 + 𝑘𝑘𝐴𝐴𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃
Average stress in prestressing steel f ps is calculated in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Eq.
5.6.3.1.1-1.
𝑐𝑐
𝑓𝑓𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 = 𝑓𝑓𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 �1 − 𝑘𝑘 �
𝑑𝑑𝑝𝑝
Nominal flexural resistance M n is calculated in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Eq. 5.6.3.2.2-
1.
Flexure Design 38
If the section is a T-section, then
𝑀𝑀𝑛𝑛 = 𝐴𝐴𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 𝑓𝑓𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 �𝑑𝑑𝑝𝑝 − � + 𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠 𝑓𝑓𝑠𝑠 �𝑑𝑑𝑠𝑠 − �+
2 2
𝑐𝑐𝛽𝛽 𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
𝛼𝛼1 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ �𝑏𝑏𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 − 𝑏𝑏𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 �𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 � 1 − �;
2 2
else,
𝑀𝑀𝑛𝑛 = 𝐴𝐴𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 𝑓𝑓𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 �𝑑𝑑𝑝𝑝 − � + 𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠 𝑓𝑓𝑠𝑠 �𝑑𝑑𝑠𝑠 − �
2 2
Factored flexural resistance is obtained by multiplying M n by φ
Extreme moment M3 demands are found from the specified demand sets and the controlling
demand set name is recorded.
The process for evaluating negative moment resistance is analogous.
Flexure Design 39
4 Concrete Slab Bridges
of concrete slab bridges.
In CSiBridge, when distributing loads for concrete slab flexure and shear design, the section is
always treated as one beam; all load demands (permanent and transient) are distributed evenly to
the entire slab section. For stress check, when area model is used the stresses are read from the
area elements, when spine model is used the stresses are calculated based on a beam theory,
assuming the entire slab width as effectively resisting the loads.
With respect to shear and torsion checks, in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.7.3.4.2,
torsion is ignored.
4.1 Stress Design


The stresses are evaluated at three points at the top fiber of the slab and three points at the bottom
fiber of the slab: the left corner, the centerline and the right corner of the slab. The location is
labeled in the output plots and tables. The stresses assume linear distribution and take into account
axial (P) and both bending moments (M2 and M3).
Concrete strength f’ c is read at every point, and compression and tension limits are evaluated
using the FactorCompLim - f’ c multiplier and FactorTensLim - �𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ multiplier.
Stress Design 40
Bridge Superstructure Design AASHTO 2017 Concrete Slab Bridges
4.2 Shear Design

value(s): 0 to −0.4x10−3.
value: 6.0x10−3.
provided.

Shear Design 41
Variables
b Slab width.
bv Effective web is equal to slab width.
d girder Depth of the slab.
d PTbot Distance from the top of the top slab to the center of gravity of the
tendons in the bottom of the slab.
5.7.2.1.
Shear Design 42
Design Process
The shear resistance is determined in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.7.3.4.2 (derived
from Modified Compression Field Theory). The procedure assumes that the concrete shear
stresses are distributed uniformly over an area b v wide and d v deep, that the direction of principal
compressive stresses (defined by angle θ and shown as D) remains constant over d v , and that the
shear strength of the section can be determined by considering the biaxial stress conditions at just
one location in the slab. For design, the user should select only those sections that comply with
these assumptions by defining appropriate station ranges in the Design Request.
The effective slab width is taken as the equivalent slab width, calculated as a fraction of the total
slab area and the slab thickness. The presence of grouted or ungrouted ducts is not considered.
Shear design is completed on a per-entire section basis.
Algorithms
For every COMBO specified in the Design Request that contains envelopes, a new force demand
set is generated. The new force demand set is built up from the maximum tension values of P and
the maximum absolute values of V2 and M3 of the two StepTypes (Max and Min) present in the
envelope COMBO case. The StepType of this new force demand set is named ABS and the signs
of the P, V2, and M3 are preserved. The ABS case follows the industry practice where sections
are designed for extreme shear and moments that are not necessarily corresponding to the same
design vehicle position. The section cut is designed for all three StepTypes in the COMBOMax,
Min and ABSand the controlling StepType is reported.
In cases where the demand moment |𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢 | < �𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 − 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 � × 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 two new force demand sets are generated
where 𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢 = �𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 − 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 �𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 and 𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢 = �𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 − 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 �𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣. The acronyms “-CodeMinMuPos”
and “-CodeMinMuNeg” are added to the end of the StepType name. The signs of the P and V2
are preserved.
The component in the direction of the applied shear of the effective prestressing force, positive if
resisting the applied shear, is evaluated as:
𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 =
The depth of the equivalent stress block ‘a’ for both positive and negative moment is evaluated
Effective shear depth is evaluated.
If 𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢 < 0, then
Shear Design 43

𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 � �
(𝑑𝑑𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 − 0.5 × 𝑑𝑑𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 ) − 0.5 × 𝑎𝑎
The demand/capacity ratio (D/C) is calculated based on the maximum permissible shear capacity
of the web to ensure that the web of the beam will not crush prior to yield of the transverse
reinforcement at a section in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.7.3.3-2.
𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢
𝜙𝜙𝑉𝑉 [AASHTO LRFD Eq. 5.7.3.2-2]
=
Evaluate the numerator and denominator of AASHTO LRFD Eq. 5.7.3.4.2-4.
|𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢 |
𝑑𝑑𝑉𝑉
Adjust denominator values as follows:
If 𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 0 and 𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 > 0, then 𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠 = 𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 and

𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠
𝐸𝐸𝑠𝑠
Evaluate (AASHTO LRFD Eq. 5.7.3.4.2-4).

𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠 =
Check if axial tension is large enough to crack the flexural compression face of the section.
𝑁𝑁𝑢𝑢
If > 0.52 × �𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ , then 𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠 = 2 × 𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠
Check against the limit on the strain in nonprestressed longitudinal tension reinforcement
specified in the Design Request, and if necessary, recalculate how much longitudinal rebar is
needed to reach the EpsSpos tension limit.
𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚�𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠 , 𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 � and 𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚(𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠 , 𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 )
Evaluate the angle θ of inclination of diagonal compressive stresses as determined in AASHTO

LRFD Cl. 5.7.3.4.
Evaluate the factor indicating the ability of diagonally cracked concrete to transmit tension and
shear, as specified in AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.7.3.4.
Shear Design 44
4.8
𝛽𝛽 = [AASHTO LRFD Eq. 5.7.3.4.2-1]
1 + 750 × 𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠
Evaluate the nominal shear resistance provided by tensile stresses in the concrete (AASHTO
LRFD Eq. 5.7.3.3-3).
Evaluate how much shear demand is left to be carried by rebar.
𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢
𝜙𝜙𝑠𝑠
𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠
Check against minimum transverse shear reinforcement.
If |𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 | > 0.5 × 𝜙𝜙𝑠𝑠 × �𝑉𝑉𝑐𝑐 + 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 �, then 𝐴𝐴𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 = in accordance with AASHTO
𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦
LRFD Eq. 5.7.2.5-1; else 𝐴𝐴𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 = 0.
If 𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠 < 0, then 𝐴𝐴𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 = 𝐴𝐴𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 ; else 𝐴𝐴𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 = max(𝐴𝐴𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 , 𝐴𝐴𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 ).
Recalculate V s in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Eq. 5.7.3.3-4.
1
Evaluate the longitudinal rebar on the flexure tension side in accordance with AASHTO LRFD
Eq. 5.7.3.5-1.
Assign longitudinal rebar to the top or bottom side of the girder based on the moment sign.
If 𝑀𝑀𝑈𝑈 < 0, then 𝐴𝐴𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 = 𝐴𝐴𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 and 𝐴𝐴𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 = 0,
Shear Design 45
4.3 Flexure Design


The nominal flexural capacity is multiplied by the resistance factor
to obtain factored resistance.
Variables
A slab Area of the slab.
Cl. 5.6.3.2.2.
b slab Effective flange width = equivalent width of the slab = area/thickness.
1).
t slab Thickness of the slab.
Design Process
Flexure Design 46
block of α l f’ c over a zone bounded by the edges of the cross-section and a straight line located
parallel to the neutral axis at the distance a = β 1 c from the extreme compression fiber. The factor
α 1 is taken as 0.85 for specified compressive strengths not exceeding 10.0 ksi. For specified
concrete compressive strengths exceeding 10.0 ksi, α1 is reduced at a rate of 0.02 for each 1.0 ksi
of strength in excess of 10.0 ksi, except that α 1 is not taken less than 0.75. The distance c is
each 1.0 ksi of strength in excess of 4.0 ksi, except that β 1 is not to be taken less than 0.65.
set to zero.
assumed that the effective width of the slab in compression is equal to the equivalent width of the
slab (=area/thickness).
Algorithms
At each section:
The equivalent slab width is evaluated based on the slab area and the slab width assuming a
rectangular shape.
𝑏𝑏𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 =
𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
the section f’ c .
1.0
else 𝛼𝛼1 = 0.85
7
Flexure Design 47
else 𝛽𝛽1 = 0.85.
Tendons and rebar are split into two groups depending on the sign of the moment they
resistnegative or positive. A tendon or rebar is considered to resist a positive moment when it
is located outside of the top fiber compression stress block and is considered to resist a negative
moment when it is located outside of the bottom fiber compression stress block. The compression
stress block extends over a zone bounded by the edges of the cross-section and a straight line
located parallel to the neutral axis at the distance a = β 1 c from the extreme compression fiber.
The distance c is measured perpendicular to the neutral axis.
Sum of the tendon areas, A PS
Center of gravity of the tendons, d P
Specified tensile strength of prestressing steel, f pu
Constant k (AASHTO LRFD Eq. 5.6.3.1.1-2)
𝑘𝑘 = 2 �1.04 − �
Sum of tension rebar areas, A s
Distance from the extreme compression fiber to the centroid of the tension rebar, d s
𝐴𝐴𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 𝑓𝑓𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 + 𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠 𝑓𝑓𝑠𝑠

𝑐𝑐 =
𝛼𝛼1 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ 𝛽𝛽1 𝑏𝑏𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 + 𝑘𝑘𝐴𝐴𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃
𝑑𝑑𝑝𝑝
stress in the mild reinforcement f s can be taken equal to f y . The limit on the ratio c/d s is calculated
as:
𝑐𝑐 0.003
≤
When the limit is not satisfied, the stress in the mild reinforcement f s is reduced to satisfy the
Flexure Design 48
requirement of AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.6.2.1.
𝑀𝑀𝑛𝑛 = 𝐴𝐴𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 𝑓𝑓𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 �𝑑𝑑𝑝𝑝 − � + 𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠 𝑓𝑓𝑠𝑠 �𝑑𝑑𝑠𝑠 − �
2 2
Factored flexural resistance is obtained by multiplying M n by φ:
Extreme moment M3 demands are found from the specified demand sets and the controlling
demand set name is recorded.
The process for evaluating negative moment resistance is analogous.
Flexure Design 49
5 Precast Concrete Girder Bridges
of precast concrete girder bridges.
With respect to shear and torsion checks, in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.7.3.4.2,
torsion is ignored.
5.1 Stress Design


The stresses are evaluated at three points at the top fiber of the composite slab: the left corner, the
centerline beam, and the right corner of the composite slab tributary area. The locations of stress
output points at the slab bottom fiber and the beam top and bottom fibers depend on the type of
precast beam present in the section cut. The locations are labeled in the output plots and tables.
Concrete strength f’ c is read at every point and compression and tension limits are evaluated using
the FactorCompLim - f’ c multiplier and FactorTensLim – �𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ multiplier.
The stresses assume linear distribution and take into account axial (P) and either both bending
moments (M2 and M3) or only P and M3, depending on which method for determining the LLD
factor has been specified in the Design Request.
The stresses are evaluated for each demand set. Extremes are found for each point and the
Stress Design 50
Bridge Superstructure Design AASHTO 2017 Precast Concrete Girder Bridges
The stress limits are evaluated by applying the preceding Parameters.
5.2 Shear Design

value(s): 0 to −0.4x10−3.
value: 6.0x10−3.
provided.

Shear Design 51
Variables
b Minimum web width of the beam.
bv Effective web is equal to slab width.
d compslab Depth of the composite slab (includes concrete haunch t2).
d girder Depth of the girder.
d PTbot Distance from the top of the composite slab to the center of gravity
of the tendons in the bottom of the precast beam.
5.7.2.8.
Shear Design 52
Design Process
The shear resistance is determined in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.7.3.4.2 (derived from
Modified Compression Field Theory). The procedure assumes that the concrete shear stresses are
distributed uniformly over an area b v wide and d v deep, that the direction of principal compressive
stresses (defined by angle θ and shown as D) remains constant over d v , and that the shear strength
of the section can be determined by considering the biaxial stress conditions at just one location
in the web. The user should select for design only those sections that comply with these
assumptions by defining appropriate station ranges in the Design Request.
It is assumed that the precast beams are pre-tensioned, and therefore, no ducts are present in the
webs. The effective web width is taken as the minimum web width, measured parallel to the
neutral axis, between the resultants of the tensile and compressive forces as a result of flexure.
Shear design is completed on a per-girder basis, torsion is ignored.
Algorithms
 For every COMBO specified in the Design Request that contains envelopes, two new
force demand sets are generated. The new force demand sets are built up from the
maximum tension values of P and the maximum and minimum values of V2 and
minimum values of M3 of the two StepTypes (Max and Min) present in the envelope
COMBO case. The StepType of these new force demand sets are named MaxM3MinV2
and MinM3MaxV2, respectively. The signs of all force components are preserved. The
two new cases are added to comply with industry practice where sections are designed
for extreme shear and moments that are not necessarily corresponding to the same design
vehicle position. The section cut is designed for all four StepTypes in the COMBO-Max,
Min, MaxM3MinV2, and MinM3MaxV2 - and the controlling StepType is reported.
 In cases where the demand moment |𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢 | < �𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 − 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 � × 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 , two new force demand sets are
generated where 𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢 = �𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 − 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 �𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 and 𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢 = −�𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 − 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 �𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 . The acronyms “-
CodeMinMuPos” and “-CodeMinMuNeg” are added to the end of the StepType name.
The signs of the P and V2 are preserved. The component in the direction of the applied
shear of the effective prestressing force, positive if resisting the applied shear, is
evaluated as:
𝑉𝑉2𝑐𝑐 − 𝑉𝑉2𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡
𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 =
 Depth of equivalent stress block ‘a’ for both positive and negative moment is evaluated
 Effective shear depth is evaluated.
If 𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢 < 0, then
Shear Design 53

𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 � �
(𝑑𝑑𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 − 0.5 × 𝑑𝑑𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 ) − 0.5 × 𝑎𝑎
If |𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢 | < �𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 − 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 � × 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 , then 𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢 = �𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 − 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 � × 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣
 The demand/capacity ratio (D/C) is calculated based on the maximum permissible shear
capacity of the web to ensure that the web of the beam will not crush prior to yield of the
transverse reinforcement at a section in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.7.3.3-2.
𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢
𝜙𝜙𝑉𝑉 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.7.3.2-2]
=
 Evaluate the numerator and denominator of AASHTO LRFD Eq. 5.7.3.4.2-4.
|𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢 |
𝑑𝑑𝑉𝑉
 Adjust denominator values as follows.
𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠
𝐸𝐸𝑠𝑠
 Evaluate AASHTO LRFD Eq. 5.7.3.4.2-4:
𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠 =
 Check if the axial tension is large enough to crack the flexural compression face of the
section.
𝑁𝑁𝑢𝑢
If > 0.52 × �𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ , then 𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠 = 2 × 𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠 .
 Check against the limit on the strain in nonprestressed longitudinal tension reinforcement
specified in the Design Request, and if necessary, recalculate how much longitudinal
rebar is needed to reach the EpsSpos tension limit.
𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚�𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠 , 𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑖𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 � and 𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚(𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠 , 𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 )
Shear Design 54
 Evaluate the angle θ of inclination of diagonal compressive stresses as determined in

AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.7.3.4.
 Evaluate the factor indicating the ability of diagonally cracked concrete to transmit
tension and shear, as specified in AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.8.3.4.
4.8
𝛽𝛽 = [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.7.3.4.2-1]
1 + 750 × 𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠
 Evaluate the nominal shear resistance provided by tensile stresses in the concrete
(AASHTO LRFD Eq. 5.7.3.3-3).
 Evaluate how much shear demand is left to be carried by rebar.
𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢
𝜙𝜙𝑠𝑠
𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠
 Check against minimum transverse shear reinforcement.

If |𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 | > 0.5 × 𝜙𝜙𝑠𝑠 × �𝑉𝑉𝑐𝑐 + 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 �, then 𝐴𝐴𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 = in
𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦
accordance with (AASHTO LRFD Eq. 5.7.2.5-1); else 𝐴𝐴𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 = 0.
If 𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠 < 0, then 𝐴𝐴𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 = 𝐴𝐴𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 , else 𝐴𝐴𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 = max(𝐴𝐴𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 , 𝐴𝐴𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 ).
 Recalculate V s in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Eq. 5.7.3.3-4.

1
 Evaluate the longitudinal rebar on the flexure tension side in accordance with AASHTO
LRFD Eq. 5.7.3.5-1.
𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 × 𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝜙𝜙𝑃𝑃 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 𝑓𝑓
𝑦𝑦
Shear Design 55
 Assign longitudinal rebar to the top or bottom side of the girder based on the moment
sign.
If 𝑀𝑀𝑈𝑈 < 0, then 𝐴𝐴𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 = 𝐴𝐴𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 and 𝐴𝐴𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 = 0,
Shear Design Example

The girder spacing is 9'-8". The girder type is AASHTO Type VI Girders, 72-inch-deep, 42-inch-
wide top flange and 28-inch-wide bottom flange (AASHTO 28/72 Girders). The concrete deck is
8 inches thick, with the haunch thickness assumed = 0.
Figure 5-1 - Shear design example deck section
Materials
Prestressed girders 28-day strength, f’ c 6 ksi

Girder final elastic modulus, E c 4415 ksi
Deck slab concrete strength 4 ksi
Deck slab elastic modulus, E s 3834 ksi
Reinforcing steel Yield strength, f y 60 ksi
Prestressing strands ½ in. dia., low relaxation Grade 270
Strand area, A ps 0.153 in2
Steel yield strength f py 243 ksi
Steel ultimate strength f pu 270 ksi
Prestressing steel modulus, E p 28500 ksi
Shear Design 56
Figure 5-2 - Shear design example beam section
Basic Beam Section Properties
Depth 72 in
Thickness of web 8 in
Area, A g 1085 in2
Area of concrete on the flexural tension side 551 in2
of the member (bordered at mid depth of the
beam + slab height), A c
Moment of inertia, I g 733320 in4
N.A. to top, y t 35.62 in
N.A. to bottom, yb 36.38 in
P/S force eccentricity, e 243 ksi
In accordance with AASHTO LRFD Cl. 4.6.2.6, the effective flange width of the concrete deck
slab is taken as the tributary width. For the interior beam, the b slab = 9'-8" = 116 in.
Demands at interior girder Section 2 = station 10’, after girder Section 2, V u = 319.1 kip; M u =
Shear Design 57
3678 kip-ft
 The component in the direction of the applied shear of the effective prestressing force,
positive if resisting the applied shear, is evaluated as:
𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 =
V p = 0 since no inclined tendons are present
 Depth of equivalent stress block ‘a’ for both positive and negative moment is evaluated
 Effective shear depth is evaluated:
Since M u > 0, then (for calculation of the depth of the compression block, refer to the
Flexure example in 2.2.5).
𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚�0.72 × 𝑑𝑑𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 , 0.9 × 𝑑𝑑𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 , 𝑑𝑑𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 − 0.5 × 𝑎𝑎�
= 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚(0.72 × 80, 0.9×75, 75 − 0.5 × 5.314 × 0.85)
𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚(57.6, 67.5, 72.74") = 72.74"
Value reported by CSiBridge = 72.74"
 Check if |𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢 | < �𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 − 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 � × 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣
𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢 = 3,678 × 12 = 44,136 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 > (319 − 0) × 72.74 = 23,204 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
 D/C is calculated based on the maximum permissible shear capacity at a section in

accordance with AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.7.3.2-2.
𝑉𝑉 319
𝐷𝐷 � 𝑢𝑢 − 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 � � − 0�
𝜙𝜙𝑉𝑉 0.9
= = = 0.406
𝐶𝐶 0.25 × 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ × 𝑏𝑏 × 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 0.25 × 6 × 8 × 72.74
Value reported by CSiBridge = 0.406.
 Evaluate the numerator and denominator of AASHTO LRFD Eq. 5.7.3.4.2-4
|𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢 |
𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣
3678 × 12
= + 0.5 × 0 + |319 − 0| − 6.73 × 0.7 × 270 = −346.2 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
72.74
𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝 × 𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + 𝐸𝐸𝑠𝑠 × 𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 = 28500 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 × 6.73 𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 = 191805 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
 Adjust denominator values as follows:
Shear Design 58
𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠
−𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝 ×𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 = is not applicable.
𝐸𝐸𝑠𝑠
If 𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 < 0, then
𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 𝐸𝐸𝑝𝑝 × 𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + 𝐸𝐸𝑠𝑠 × 𝐴𝐴𝑣𝑣𝑣𝑣 + 𝐸𝐸𝑐𝑐 × 𝐴𝐴𝑐𝑐

= 28500 × 6.73 + 4415 × 551.4 = 26263461 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘.
 Evaluate AASHTO LRFD Eq. 5.7.3.4.2-4
𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 −346.2
𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠 = = = −1.318𝐸𝐸 − 4
𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 2626346
Value reported by CSiBridge = −1.318E-4
 Check if axial tension is large enough to crack the flexural compression face of the
section.
𝑁𝑁𝑢𝑢
If > 0.52 × �𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ , then 𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠 = 2 × 𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠 . This is not applicable since 𝑁𝑁𝑢𝑢 = 0.
 Check against the limit on strain in nonprestressed longitudinal tension reinforcement as

specified in the Design Request, and recalculate A vl .
𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚(𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠 , 𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ) = max(-1.318E-4, -1.318E-4 – 4) = -1.318E-4
 Evaluate the angle θ of inclination of diagonal compressive stresses as determined in

AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.8.3.4.
18 ≤ 𝜃𝜃 = 29 + 3500 × 𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠 ≤ 45
𝜃𝜃 = 29 + 3500 × −1.318𝐸𝐸 − 4 = 28.5 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Value reported by CSiBridge = 28.5 deg.
 Evaluate the factor indicating the ability of diagonally cracked concrete to transmit
tension and shear, as specified in AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.7.3.4.2-1.
4.8 4.8
𝛽𝛽 = = = 5.3265
1 + 750 × 𝜀𝜀𝑠𝑠 1 + 750 × −1.318𝐸𝐸 − 4
Value reported by CSiBridge = 5.3267.
 Evaluate the nominal shear resistance provided by tensile stresses in the concrete
(AASHTO LRFD Eq. 5.7.3.3-3).
Shear Design 59
= 0.0316 × 5.32 × 1.0 × √6 × 8 × 72.74=239.92 kip
Value reported by CSiBridge = 240.00 kip.
 Evaluate how much shear demand is left to be carried by rebar.
𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 319
𝑉𝑉𝑆𝑆 = � − 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 � − 𝑉𝑉𝑐𝑐 = � − 0� − 239.6 = 114.8 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝜙𝜙𝑠𝑠 0.9
Value reported by CSiBridge = 114.64 kip.
𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠
114.8
= 1 = 1.43E-2 in2/in
60×72.74×
𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 28.5
 Check against minimum transverse shear reinforcement.
If |𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 | > 0.5 × 𝜙𝜙𝑠𝑠 × �𝑉𝑉𝑐𝑐 + 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 �−> 319.1 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 > 0.5 × 239.6 = 119.8 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 is true,
0.0316 × 𝜆𝜆�𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ × 𝑏𝑏
𝐴𝐴𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 = [AASHTO LRFD Eq. 5.7.2.5-1]
𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦
0.0316×1.0√6×8
= = 0.01032𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2 /𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
60
If 𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠 < 0, then 𝐴𝐴𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 = 𝐴𝐴𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 ; else 𝐴𝐴𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 = max(𝐴𝐴𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 , 𝐴𝐴𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 ) = 1.43E-2 in2/in
Value reported by CSiBridge = 1.43E-2 in2/in
 Recalculate V s in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Eq. 5.7.3.3-4.
1 1
𝑉𝑉𝑠𝑠 = 𝐴𝐴𝑉𝑉𝑉𝑉 × 𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦 × 𝑑𝑑𝑣𝑣 × = 0.0143 × 60 × 72.74 × = 114.9 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 tan 28.5
Value reported by CSiBridge = 114.6 kip
 Evaluate the longitudinal rebar on the flexure tension side in accordance with AASHTO
LRFD Eq. 5.7.3.5-1.
Shear Design 60
319
|3678 × 12| 0 � − 0� − 0.5 × 114.9
=� + 0.5 × + 0.9 − 28500 × 6.73�
72.74 × 0.9 1.0 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡28.5
1
×
60
= −3176.3 𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
Value reported by CSiBridge = 0.00 in2 → no additional longitudinal rebar is required in

the beam bottom flange.
5.3 Flexure Design


The nominal flexural capacity is multiplied by the resistance factor
to obtain factored resistance.
Variables
A slab Tributary area of the slab.
Cl. 5.6.3.2.2.
b slab Effective flange width = horizontal width of slab tributary area,
measured from out-to-out.
1).
Flexure Design 61

t slabeq Thickness of the composite slab.
Design Process
resistance is evaluated only for bending about horizontal axis 3. Separate capacity is calculated
set to zero.
The section properties are calculated for the section before skew, grade, and superelevation are
applied. This is consistent with the demands being reported in the section local axis. It is assumed
that the effective width of the flange (slab) in compression is equal to the width of the slab.
Algorithms
At each section:
All section properties and demands are converted from CSiBridge model units to N, mm
1.0
else, 𝛼𝛼1 = 0.85
Flexure Design 62
the section f’ c.
7
else, 𝛽𝛽1 = 0.85.
Tendons and rebar are split into two groups depending on the sign of the moment they resist -
negative or positive. A tendon or rebar is considered to resist a positive moment when it is located
outside of the top fiber compression stress block and is considered to resist a negative moment
when it is located outside of the bottom fiber compression stress block. The compression stress
block extends over a zone bounded by the edges of the cross-section and a straight line located
parallel to the neutral axis at the distance a = β 1 c from the extreme compression fiber. The
distance c is measured perpendicular to the neutral axis.
 Sum of the tendon areas, A ps

 Center of gravity of the tendons, d p
 Specified tensile strength of prestressing steel, f pu
 Constant k (AASHTO LRFD Eq. 5.6.3.1.1-2)
𝑘𝑘 = 2 �1.04 − �
 sum of tension rebar areas, A s

 distance from the extreme compression fiber to the centroid of the tension rebar, d s
𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + 𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠 𝑓𝑓𝑠𝑠

𝑐𝑐 =
𝛼𝛼1 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ 𝛽𝛽1 𝑏𝑏𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 + 𝑘𝑘𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
𝑑𝑑𝑝𝑝
stress in the mild reinforcement f s can be taken equal to f y . The limit on the ratio c/d s is calculated
as:
𝑐𝑐 0.003
≤
Flexure Design 63
When the limit is not satisfied the stress in the mild reinforcement f s is reduced to satisfy the
requirement of AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.6.2.1.
The distance c is compared to the slab thickness. If the distance to the neutral axis c is larger than
the composite slab thickness, the distance c is re-evaluated. For this calculation, the beam flange
width and area are converted to their equivalents in slab concrete by multiplying the beam flange
width by the modular ratio between the precast girder concrete and the slab concrete. The web
width in the equation for c is substituted for the effective converted girder flange width. The
distance c is recalculated in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Eq. 5.6.3.1.1-3.
𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + 𝐴𝐴𝑠𝑠 𝑓𝑓𝑠𝑠 − 𝛼𝛼1 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ �𝑏𝑏𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 − 𝑏𝑏𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 �𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠

𝑐𝑐 =
𝛼𝛼1 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ 𝛽𝛽1 𝑏𝑏𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 + 𝑘𝑘𝐴𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
If the calculated value of c exceeds the sum of the deck thickness and the equivalent precast girder
flange thickness, CSiBridge assumes the neutral axis is below the flange of the precast girder and
recalculates c. The term ∝1 𝑓𝑓′𝑐𝑐 (𝑏𝑏 − 𝑏𝑏𝑤𝑤 ) in the calculation is broken into two terms, one refers to
the contribution of the deck to the composite section flange and the second refers to the
contribution of the precast girder flange to the composite girder flange

Eq. 5.6.3.1.1-1.
𝑐𝑐
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 �1 − 𝑘𝑘 �
𝑑𝑑𝑝𝑝
 Nominal flexural resistance M n is calculated in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Eq.

5.6.3.2.2-1.
If the section is a T-section, then
2 2
𝑐𝑐𝛽𝛽1 𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
+ 𝛼𝛼1 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ �𝑏𝑏𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 − 𝑏𝑏𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑞𝑞 �𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 � − �
2 2
else,
2 2
 Factored flexural resistance is obtained by multiplying M n by φ
 Extreme moment M3 demands are found from the specified demand sets and the
Flexure Design 64
The process for evaluating negative moment resistance is analogous, except that calculation of
positive moment resistance is not applicable.
Flexure Capacity Design Example
Figure 5-3 - Flexure capacity design example deck section
Girder spacing: 9'-8"
Girder type: AASHTO Type VI Girders, 72 inches deep, 42-inch-wide top flange, and 28-inch-
wide bottom flange (AASHTO 28/72 Girders)
Concrete deck: 8 inches thick, haunch thickness assumed = 0
Materials
Prestressed girders 28-day strength, f’ c 6 ksi

Girder final elastic modulus, E c 4696 ksi
Deck slab concrete strength 4 ksi
Deck slab elastic modulus, E s 3834 ksi
Reinforcing steel Yield strength, f y 60 ksi
Prestressing strands ½ in. dia., low relaxation Grade 270
Strand area, A ps 0.153 in2
Steel yield strength f py 243 ksi
Steel ultimate strength f pu 270 ksi
Prestressing steel modulus, E p 28500 ksi
Flexure Design 65
Figure 5-4 - Flexure capacity design example beam section
Basic Beam Section Properties
Depth 72 in
Thickness of web 8 in
Area, A g 1085 in2
Moment of inertia, I g 733320 in4
N.A. to top, y t 35.62 in
N.A. to bottom, yb 36.38 in
P/S force eccentricity, e 31.380 in
In accordance with AASHTO LRFD Cl. 4.6.2.6, the effective flange width of the concrete deck
slab is taken as the tributary width.
For the interior beam, the b slab = 9'-8" = 116 in.
Tendons are split into two groups depending on which sign of moment they resist, negative or
Flexure Design 66
positive. A tendon is considered to resist a positive moment when it is located outside of the top
fiber compression stress block and is considered to resist a negative moment when it is located
outside of the bottom fiber compression stress block. The compression stress block extends over
a zone bounded by the edges of the cross-section and a straight line located parallel to the neutral
axis at the distance a = β 1 c from the extreme compression fiber. The distance c is measured
perpendicular to the neutral axis.
 For each tendon group, an area weighted average of the following values is determined:
- sum of tendon areas
𝐴𝐴𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 = 44 × 0.153 = 6.732 𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
Value reported by CSiBridge = 6.732 in2
- distance from center of gravity of tendons to extreme compression fiber
12 × 2 + 12 × 4 + 10 × 6 + 6 × 8 + 4 × 10
𝑦𝑦𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 = (72 + 8) − = 75 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
12 + 12 + 10 + 6 + 4
- specified tensile strength of prestressing steel f pu = 270 ksi
Value reported by CSiBridge = 270 ksi
𝑘𝑘 = 2 �1.04 − � = 2 �1.04 − � = 0.28
Value reported by CSiBridge = 0.28
β 1 stress block factor is evaluated in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.7.2.2 based
on the composite slab f’ c .
β 1 shall be taken as 0.85 for concrete strengths not exceeding 4.0 ksi. If f’ c > 4 ksi, then
β 1 shall be reduced at a rate of 0.05 for each 1.0 ksi of strength in excess of 4.0 ksi. Since
f’ c = 4 ksi, β 1 = 0.85.
Value calculated by CSiBridge = 0.85 (not reported)
accordance with AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.6.3.1.1-4.
𝐴𝐴𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 × 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
𝑐𝑐 =
0.85 × 𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ × 𝛽𝛽1 × 𝑏𝑏𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 + 𝑘𝑘 × 𝐴𝐴𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 ×
𝑦𝑦𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃
6.732 × 270
= = 5.314 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
270
0.85 × 4 × 0.85 × 116 + 0.28 × 6.732 ×
75
Flexure Design 67
Value calculated by CSiBridge = 5.314 in
 The distance c is compared to the composite slab thickness to determine if the c needs to
be re-evaluated to include the precast beam flange in the equivalent compression block.
Since c = 5.314 in < 8 in, the c is valid.

Cl. 5.6.3.1.1-1.
𝑐𝑐 5.314
𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑢𝑢 �1 − 𝑘𝑘 � = 270 × �1 − 0.28 × � = 264.64 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑦𝑦𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 75
Value reported by CSiBridge = 264.643 ksi
 Nominal flexural resistance M n is calculated in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Cl.

5.6.3.2.2-1.
Since the section is rectangular,
𝑐𝑐𝛽𝛽1
𝑀𝑀𝑛𝑛 = 𝐴𝐴𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 𝑓𝑓𝑝𝑝𝑠𝑠 �𝑦𝑦𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 − �
2
5.314 × 0.85
= 6.732 × 264.64 × �75 − �
2
593.17
= 129 = 10 799.4 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 − 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
12
Value calculated by CSiBridge = 107 99 kip-ft (not reported)
𝑀𝑀𝑟𝑟 = 𝜙𝜙𝑀𝑀𝑛𝑛 = 0.9 × 10799.4 = 9719.5 kip − f𝑡𝑡
Value reported by CSiBridge = 9719.5 kip-ft (116633.5 kip-in)
5.4 Principal Stress Design
Capacity Parameters
Principal Stress Design 68

Demand Parameters
FactorCompLim Percentage of the basic unit stress for compression service design;
default value = 1.0; typical values 1.0 to 1.5. The demand
compressive stresses are divided by the FactorCompLim factor. This
way the controlling stress can be selected and compared against one
compression limit.
FactorTensLim Percentage of the basic unit stress for tension service design; default
value = 1.0; typical values 1.0 to 1.5. The demand tensile stresses are
divided by the FactorCompLim factor. This way the controlling
stress can be selected and compared against one tension limit.
Algorithm
The stresses are evaluated for each precast beam at three points along the beam web – at the
bottom of the web (where the web enters the bottom flange), at the top of the web (where the web
enters the top flange), and at the neutral axis of the beam. The stresses assume linear distribution
and take into account axial (P), both bending moments (M2 and M3), and vertical shear (V2).
Torsion is ignored. Since the beam demands are read directly from the area or solid model, the
principal stress check is not available for spine models. Also, since use of live load distribution
factors is not supported for this design request, all live load lanes that fit on the deck as specified
in the design code shall be defined and loaded in the model.
Principal Stress Design 69

6 Steel I-Girder with Composite Slab
of steel I-girder with composite slab bridges.
6.1 Section Properties
Yield Moments
6.1.1.1 Composite Section in Positive Flexure
The positive yield moment, M y , is determined by CSiBridge in accordance with AASHTO LRFD
Cl. D6.2.2 using the following user-defined input, which is part of the Design Request.
M dnc The user specifies in the Design Request the name of the combo that
represents the moment caused by the factored permanent load
applied before the concrete deck has hardened or is made composite.
M dc The user specifies in the Design Request the name of the combo that
represents the moment caused by the remainder of the factored
permanent load (applied to the composite section).
CSiBridge solves for M AD from the following equation:
𝑀𝑀𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑀𝑀𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑀𝑀𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴

𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 = + + [AASHTO LRFD Eq. D6.2.2-1]
𝑆𝑆𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁 𝑆𝑆𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆
and then calculates the yield moment based on the following equation:
𝑀𝑀𝑦𝑦 = 𝑀𝑀𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 + 𝑀𝑀𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 + 𝑀𝑀𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 [AASHTO LRFD Eq. D6.2.2-2]
where,
S NC Noncomposite section modulus (in3)

S LT Long-term composite section modulus (in3)
S ST Short-term composite section modulus (in.3)
M y is taken as the lesser value calculated for the compression flange, M yc , or the tension flange,
M yt . The positive M y is calculated only once based on M dnc and M dc demands specified by the
Section Properties 70
Bridge Superstructure Design AASHTO 2017 Steel I-Girder with Composite Slab
user in the Design Request. It should be noted that the M y calculated in the procedure described
here is used by CSiBridge only to determine M npos for a compact section in positive bending in a
continuous span, where the nominal flexural resistance may be controlled by M y in accordance
with AASHTO LRFD Eq. 6.10.7.1.2-3.
𝑀𝑀𝑛𝑛 ≤ 1.3𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝑀𝑀𝑦𝑦
6.1.1.2 Composite Section in Negative Flexure

For composite sections in negative flexure, the procedure described for positive yield moment is
followed, except that the composite section for both short-term and long-term moments consists
of the steel section and the longitudinal reinforcement within the tributary width of the concrete
deck. Thus, S ST and S LT are the same value. Also, M yt is taken with respect to either the tension
flange or the longitudinal reinforcement, whichever yields first.
The negative M y is calculated only once based on the M dnc and M dc demands specified by the user
in the Design Request. It should be noted that the M y calculated in the procedure described here
is used by CSiBridge solely to determine the limiting slenderness ratio for a compact web
corresponding to 2D cp /t w in AASHTO LRFD Eq. A6.2.1-2.
𝐸𝐸
�𝐹𝐹
𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝐷𝐷𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
𝜆𝜆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝(𝐷𝐷𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐) = ≤ 𝜆𝜆𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 � � [AASHTO LRFD Eq. A6.2.1-2]
2
𝑀𝑀𝑝𝑝 𝐷𝐷𝑐𝑐
�0.54 − 0.09�
𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝑀𝑀𝑦𝑦
and web plastification factors in AASHTO LRFD Eq. A.6.2.2-4 and Eq. A6.2.2-5.
𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝑀𝑀𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝜆𝜆𝑤𝑤 − 𝜆𝜆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝(𝐷𝐷𝑐𝑐) 𝑀𝑀𝑝𝑝 𝑀𝑀𝑝𝑝 [AASHTO LRFD Eq.

𝑅𝑅𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = �1 − �1 − �� ≤
𝑀𝑀𝑝𝑝 𝜆𝜆𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 − 𝜆𝜆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝(𝐷𝐷𝑐𝑐) 𝑀𝑀𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝑀𝑀𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 A6.2.2-4]
𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝑀𝑀𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝜆𝜆𝑤𝑤 − 𝜆𝜆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝(𝐷𝐷𝑐𝑐) 𝑀𝑀𝑝𝑝 𝑀𝑀𝑝𝑝 [AASHTO LRFD Eq.

𝑅𝑅𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = �1 − �1 − �� ≤
Plastic Moments
The positive plastic moment, M p , is calculated as the moment of the plastic forces about the plastic
neutral axis. Plastic forces in the steel portions of a cross-section are calculated using the yield
strengths of the flanges, the web, and reinforcing steel, as appropriate. Plastic forces in the
concrete portions of the cross-section that are in compression are based on a rectangular stress
block with the magnitude of the compressive stress equal to 0.85f’ c . Concrete in tension is
neglected. The position of the plastic neutral axis is determined by the equilibrium condition that
there is no net axial force. In calculating M p for positive moment, the contribution of the rebar in
the deck is ignored.
The plastic moment of a composite section in positive flexure is determined by:
 Calculating the element forces and using them to determine if the plastic neutral axis is
in the web, top flange, or concrete deck.
 Calculating the location of the plastic neutral axis within the element determined in the
first step.
 Calculating M p .
Equations for the various potential locations of the plastic neutral axis (PNA) are given in Table
6-1.
Table 6-1 - Calculation of PNA and M p for Sections in Positive Flexure
Case PNA Condition � and M p

𝒀𝒀
𝐷𝐷 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 − 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 − 𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠 − 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 − 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟

𝑌𝑌� = � � � + 1�
2 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤
I In Web 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 + 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 ≥ 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 + 𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 2
𝑀𝑀𝑝𝑝 = [𝑌𝑌� + (𝐷𝐷 − 𝑌𝑌� )2 ]
2𝐷𝐷
+ [𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠 𝑑𝑑𝑠𝑠 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑑𝑑𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑑𝑑𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 𝑑𝑑𝑐𝑐 + 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 𝑑𝑑𝑡𝑡 ]
𝑡𝑡𝑐𝑐 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 + 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 − 𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠 − 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 − 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟

𝑌𝑌� = � � � + 1�
2 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐
In Top 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 2
II 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 + 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 + 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 ≥ 𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛
Flange 𝑀𝑀𝑝𝑝 = [𝑌𝑌� + (𝑡𝑡𝑐𝑐 − 𝑌𝑌�)2 ]
2𝑡𝑡𝑐𝑐
+ [𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠 𝑑𝑑𝑠𝑠 + 𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛 𝑑𝑑𝑛𝑛 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑑𝑑𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 𝑑𝑑𝑤𝑤 + 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 𝑑𝑑𝑡𝑡 ]
𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 + 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 + 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 − 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 − 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟

Concrete 𝑌𝑌� = (𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠 ) � �
Deck 𝑐𝑐𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠
III 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 + 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 + 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 ≥ � � 𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛
Below 𝑡𝑡2 𝑌𝑌� 𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠
2
𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑀𝑀𝑝𝑝 = � � + [𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑑𝑑𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑑𝑑𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 𝑑𝑑𝑐𝑐 + 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 𝑑𝑑𝑤𝑤 + 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 𝑑𝑑𝑡𝑡 ]
2𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠
Concrete 𝑌𝑌� = 𝑐𝑐𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟

𝑐𝑐𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
IV Deck at 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 + 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 + 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 ≥ � � 𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠 + 𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛 𝑌𝑌� 2 𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠
𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠 𝑀𝑀𝑝𝑝 = � � + [𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑑𝑑𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 𝑑𝑑𝑐𝑐 + 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 𝑑𝑑𝑤𝑤 + 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 𝑑𝑑𝑡𝑡 ]
𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 2𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠
Concrete 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 + 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 + 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 − 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
Deck 𝑌𝑌� = (𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠 ) � �
𝑐𝑐𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠
Above 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 + 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 + 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 ≥ � � 𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠 + 𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛
V
P rb and 𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠 𝑌𝑌� 2 𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠
Below 𝑀𝑀𝑝𝑝 = � � + [𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑑𝑑𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑑𝑑𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 𝑑𝑑𝑐𝑐 + 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 𝑑𝑑𝑤𝑤 + 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 𝑑𝑑𝑡𝑡 ]
P rt 2𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠

VI Deck at 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 + 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 + 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛 ≥ � � 𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠 𝑌𝑌� 2 𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠
𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 + 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 + 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟

VII 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 + 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 + 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 < � � 𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠
Above 𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠 𝑌𝑌� 𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠
2
𝑀𝑀𝑝𝑝 = � � + [𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑑𝑑𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑑𝑑𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 𝑑𝑑𝑐𝑐 + 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 𝑑𝑑𝑤𝑤 + 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 𝑑𝑑𝑡𝑡 ]
Next the section is checked for ductility requirement in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Eq.
6.10.7.3. In checking the ductility per AASHTO LRFD Eq. 6.10.7.3, the depth of the haunch is
neglected.
𝐷𝐷𝑝𝑝 ≤ 0.42𝐷𝐷𝑡𝑡
where D p is the distance from the top of the concrete deck to the neutral axis of the composite
section at the plastic moment, and D t is the total depth of the composite section. At the section
where the ductility requirement is not satisfied, the plastic moment of a composite section in
positive flexure is set to zero.
bs Arb Crt
Art
Prt
ts Ps Crb Y
Prb PNA
PNA
bc Pc
tc Y Y
Pw PNA
D tw
tt Pt
CASE I CASE II CASES III-VII
bt
Figure 6-1 - Plastic neutral axis cases - positive flexure

The plastic moment of a composite section in negative flexure is calculated by an analogous
procedure. Equations for the two cases most likely to occur in practice are given in Table 6-2.
The plastic moment of a noncomposite section is calculated by eliminating the terms pertaining
to the concrete deck and longitudinal reinforcement from the equations in Table 6-1 and Table
6-2 for composite sections.
Table 6-2 - Calculation of PNA and M p for Sections in Negative Flexure

𝒀𝒀
𝐷𝐷 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 − 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 − 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 − 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟

𝑌𝑌� = � � � + 1�
I
In
𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 + 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 ≥ 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛 2 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤
Web 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 2
𝑀𝑀𝑝𝑝 = [𝑌𝑌� + (𝐷𝐷 − 𝑌𝑌�)2 ] + [𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛 𝑑𝑑𝑛𝑛 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑑𝑑𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 𝑑𝑑𝑡𝑡 + 𝑃𝑃𝑙𝑙 𝑑𝑑𝑙𝑙 ]
2𝐷𝐷
𝑡𝑡𝑙𝑙 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 − 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 − 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 − 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟

In Top 𝑌𝑌� = � � � + 1�
II 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 + 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 + 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 ≥ 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛 2 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡
Flange 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 2
𝑀𝑀𝑝𝑝 = [𝑌𝑌� + (𝑡𝑡𝑙𝑙 − 𝑌𝑌�)2 ] + [𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛 𝑑𝑑𝑛𝑛 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑑𝑑𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 𝑑𝑑𝑤𝑤 + 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 𝑑𝑑𝑐𝑐 ]
2𝑡𝑡𝑙𝑙
Art Arb
Prt
ts Prb
Pt PNA
bc Y
tt Y
Pw PNA
D tw
tc Pc
bc CASE I CASE II
CASE V
Figure 6-2 - Plastic neutral axis cases - negative flexure
In which,
𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 = 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝐴𝐴𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠 = 0.85𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ 𝑏𝑏𝑠𝑠 𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠
𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 = 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝑏𝑏𝑐𝑐 𝑡𝑡𝑐𝑐
𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 = 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝑤𝑤
𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 = 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝑏𝑏𝑡𝑡 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡
In the equations for M p given in Table 6-1 and Table 6-2, d is the distance from an element force
to the plastic neutral axis. Element forces act at (a) mid-thickness for the flanges and the concrete
deck, (b) mid-depth of the web, and (c) center of reinforcement. All element forces, dimensions,
and distances are taken as positive. The conditions are checked in the order listed in Table 6-1
and Table 6-2.
Section Classification and Factors

6.1.3.1 Compact or Non-Compact − Positive Flexure
CSiBridge determines if the section can be qualified as compact based on the following criteria:
 the specified minimum yield strengths of the flanges do not exceed 70.0 ksi.
 the web satisfies the requirement of AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.2.1.1:
𝐷𝐷
≤ 150
𝑡𝑡𝑤𝑤
 the section satisfies the web slenderness limit:
2𝐷𝐷𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝐸𝐸
≤ 3.76� [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.6.2.2-1]
𝑡𝑡𝑤𝑤 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦
CSiBridge does not verify if the composite section is kinked (chorded) continuous or horizontally
curved.
6.1.3.2 Design in Accordance with Appendix A

CSiBridge determines if a section qualifies to be designed using Appendix A of AASHTO LRFD
based on the following criteria:
 The Design Request parameter “Use Appendix A?” is set to Yes.

 The specified minimum yield strengths of the flanges do not exceed 70.0 ksi.
 The web satisfies the noncompact slenderness limit:
2𝐷𝐷𝑐𝑐 𝐸𝐸
< 5.7� [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.6.2.3-1]
 The flanges satisfy the following ratio:

𝐼𝐼𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦
≥ 0.3 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.6.2.3-2]
𝐼𝐼𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦
CSiBridge does not verify if the composite section is kinked (chorded) continuous or horizontally
curved.
6.1.3.3 Hybrid Factor Rh − Composite Section Positive Flexure

For rolled shapes, homogenous built-up sections, and built-up sections with a higher-strength
steel in the web than in both flanges, R h is taken as 1.0. Otherwise the hybrid factor is taken as:
12 + 𝛽𝛽(3𝜌𝜌 − 𝜌𝜌 3 )
𝑅𝑅ℎ = [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.1.10.1-1]
12 + 2𝛽𝛽
where,
ρ = the smaller of F yw /f n and 1.0
2𝐷𝐷𝑛𝑛 𝑡𝑡𝑤𝑤
𝛽𝛽 = [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.1.10.1-2]
𝐴𝐴𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
A fn Bottom flange area.

Dn Distance from the elastic neutral axis of the cross-section to the
inside face of the bottom flange.
Fn f y of the bottom flange.
6.1.3.4 Hybrid Factor Rh − Composite Section Negative Flexure

12 + 𝛽𝛽(3𝜌𝜌 − 𝜌𝜌 3 )
12 + 2𝛽𝛽
where,
𝛽𝛽 = [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.1.10.1-2]
A fn Flange area on the side of the neutral axis corresponding to D n . If

the top flange controls, then the area of longitudinal rebar in the slab
is included in calculating A fn .
Dn The larger of the distances from the elastic neutral axis of the cross-
section to the inside face of either flange. For sections where the
neutral axis is at the mid-depth of the web, this distance is from the
neutral axis to the inside face of the flange on the side of the neutral
axis where yielding occurs first.
Fn f y of the controlling flange. When the top flange controls, F n is
equal to the largest of the minimum specified yield strengths of the
top flange or longitudinal rebar in the slab.
6.1.3.5 Hybrid Factor Rh − Non-Composite Section

12 + 𝛽𝛽(3𝜌𝜌 − 𝜌𝜌 3 )
12 + 2𝛽𝛽
where,
𝛽𝛽 = [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.1.10.1-2]
A fn Flange area on the side of the neutral axis corresponding to D n .
Dn The larger of the distances from the elastic neutral axis of the cross-
neutral axis is at the mid-depth of the web, this distance is from the
neutral axis to the inside face of the flange on the side of the neutral
axis where yielding occurs first.
Fn f y of the controlling flange.
6.1.3.6 Web Load-Shedding Factor Rb

When checking constructability in accordance with the provisions of AASHTO LRFD Cl.
6.10.2.1 or for composite sections in positive flexure, the R b factor is taken as equal to 1.0. For
composite sections in negative flexure, the R b factor is taken as:
𝑎𝑎𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 2𝐷𝐷𝑐𝑐
𝑅𝑅𝑏𝑏 = 1 − � �� − 𝜆𝜆𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 � ≤ 1.0 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.1.10.2]
1200 + 300𝑎𝑎𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 𝑡𝑡𝑤𝑤
where,
𝐸𝐸
𝜆𝜆𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 = 5.7� [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.1.10.2-4]
𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦
2𝐷𝐷𝑐𝑐 𝑡𝑡𝑤𝑤
𝑎𝑎𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 = [AASHTO LRFD 2008 Cl. 6.10.1.10.2-5]
𝑏𝑏𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
When the user specifies the Design Request parameter “Do webs have longitudinal stiffeners?”
as yes, the R b factor is set to 1.0.
Unbraced Length Lb and Section Transitions

CSiBridge assumes that the top flange is continuously braced for all Design Requests, except for
Constructability.
The unbraced length L b for the bottom flange is equal to the distance between the nearest
downstation and upstation qualifying cross diaphragms or span support as defined in the Bridge
Object. Some of the diaphragm types available in CSiBridge may not necessarily provide restraint
to the bottom flange. CSiBridge assumes that the following diaphragm qualifies as providing
lateral restraint to the bottom flange: single beam, all types of chords and braces except V braces
without bottom beams.
For unbraced lengths where the member is nonprismatic, the lateral torsional buckling resistance
of the compression flange at each section within the unbraced length is taken as the smallest
resistance within the unbraced length under consideration and the moment gradient modifier C b
is taken as 1.0.
For unbraced lengths containing a transition to a smaller section at a distance less than or equal
to 20% of the unbraced length from a brace point, the lateral torsional buckling resistance is
determined assuming the transition to the smaller section does not exist provided that the lateral
moment of inertia of the flange of the smaller section is equal to or larger than 0.5 times the
corresponding value in the larger section. The algorithm does not distinguish at which brace point
the moment demand is smaller and applies the exception at both brace points. It is the
responsibility of the user to pay special attention to the section transition within the 20% of the
unbraced length from the brace point and to follow the guidelines in AASHTO LRFD Cl.
C6.10.8.2.3.
For this algorithm to be effective, it is necessary to have bridge section cuts at each nonprismatic
girder-section transition. This can be assured by using the local section cuts feature when updating
the linked model to create additional local section cuts for each girder of steel I-girder bridge
sections. Such girder-only section cuts will be created at changes in the steel I-girder section, at
staggered diaphragms (cross frames), and at splice locations wherever a full-width section cut
does not exist.
6.2 Demand Sets

Demand Set combos (at least one is required) are user-defined combinations based on LRFD
combinations. The demands from all specified demand combos are enveloped and used to
calculate D/C ratios. The way the demands are used depends on if the design parameter "Use
Stage Analysis?” is set to Yes or No.
If “Use Stage Analysis? = Yes”, CSiBridge reads the stresses on beams and slabs directly from
the section cut results. CSiBridge assumes that the effects of the staging of loads applied to non-
composite versus composite sections, as well as the concrete slab material time dependent
properties, were captured by using the Nonlinear Staged Construction load case available in
CSiBridge.
Note that the Design Request for staged constructability check (Steel-I Comp Construct Stgd)
allows only Nonlinear Staged Construction load cases to be used as Demand Sets.
If “Use Stage Analysis? = No”, CSiBridge decomposes load cases present in every demand set
combo to three Bridge Design Action categories: non-composite, composite long term, and
composite short term. CSiBridge uses the load case Bridge Design Action parameter to assign the
load cases to the appropriate categories. A default Bridge Design Action parameter is assigned to
a load case based on its Design Type. However, the parameter can be overwritten: click the
Analysis > Load Cases > {Type} > New command to display the Load Case Data – {Type}
form; click the Design button next to the Load case type dropdown list; under the heading Bridge
Design Action, select the User Defined option and select a value from the list. The assigned Bridge
Design Action values are handled by CSiBridge in the following manner:
Demand Sets 78
Table 6-3 – Bridge Design Action
Bridge Design Action Value Specified Bridge Design Action Category Used in the
by the User Design Algorithm
Non-Composite Non-Composite
Long-Term Composite Long-Term Composite
Short-Term Composite Short-Term Composite
Staged Non-Composite
Other Non-Composite
Demand Flange Stresses fbu and ff

Evaluation of the flange stress, f bu , calculated without consideration of flange lateral bending is
dependent on setting the Design Request parameter “Use Stage Analysis?”.
If the “Use Stage Analysis? = No”, then

𝑃𝑃 𝑀𝑀𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁 𝑀𝑀𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 𝑀𝑀𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = + + +
𝐴𝐴𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝑆𝑆𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑆𝑆𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆
where M NC is the demand moment on the non-composite section, M LTC is the demand moment on
the long-term composite section, and M STC is the demand moment on the short-term composite
section.
The short-term section modulus for positive moment is calculated by transforming the concrete
deck using the steel-to-concrete modular ratio. The modular ratio (n) is calculated as a decimal
number expressed as n=E s /E c and used without rounding. The long-term section modulus for
positive moment is calculated using a modular ratio factored by n, where n is specified in the
Design Parameter as the “Modular ratio long-term multiplier”. The effect of compression
reinforcement is ignored. For negative moment, the concrete deck is assumed cracked and is not
included in the section modulus calculations while tension reinforcement is accounted for.
If “Use Stage Analysis? = Yes”, then the f bu stresses on each flange are read directly from the
section cut results. CSiBridge assumes that the effects of the staging of loads applied to non-
composite versus composite sections, as well as the concrete slab material time dependent
properties, were captured by using the Nonlinear Staged Construction load case available in
CSiBridge.
In the Strength Design Check, CSiBridge verifies the sign of the stress in the composite slab, and
if stress is positive (tension), CSiBridge assumes that the entire section cut demand moment is
carried by the steel section only. This is to reflect the fact that the concrete in the composite slab
is cracked and does not contribute to the resistance of the section. Flange stress f f , used in the
Service Design Check, is evaluated in the same manner as stress f bu , with one exception. When
the Steel Service Design Request parameter “Does concrete slab resist tension?” is set to Yes,
Demand Sets 79
CSiBridge uses section properties based on a transformed section that assumes the concrete slab
to be fully effective in both tension and compression.
In the Constructability checks, CSiBridge proceeds based on the status of the concrete slab. When
no slab is present or the slab is non-composite, the f bu stresses on each flange are read directly
from the section cut results. When the slab status is composite, CSiBridge verifies the sign of the
stress in the composite slab, and if stress is positive (tension), CSiBridge assumes that the entire
section cut demand moment is carried by the steel section only. This is to reflect the fact that the
concrete in the composite slab is cracked and does not contribute to the resistance of the section.
Demand Flange Lateral Bending Stress fl

The flange lateral bending stress fl is evaluated only when all of the following conditions are met:
 “Steel Girders” has been selected for the deck section type (Components >
Superstructure Item > Deck Sections command) and the Girder Modeling In Area
Object Models – Model Girders Using Area Objects option is set to “Yes” on the Define
Bridge Section Data – Steel Girder form.
 The bridge object is modeled using Area Objects. This option can be set using the Bridge
> Update command to display the “Update Bridge Structural Model” form; then select
the Update as Area Object Model option.
 Set the Live Load Distribution to Girders method to “Use Forces Directly from
CSiBridge” on the Bridge Design Request – Superstructure – {Code} form, which
displays when the Design/Rating > Superstructure Design > Design Requests
command is used. Since there is no live load used in the Constructability design request,
this setting does not apply in that case.
In all other cases, the flange lateral bending stress is set to zero. The fl stresses on each flange are
read directly from the section cut results.
Depth of the Web in Compression

For composite sections in positive flexure, the depth of the web in compression is computed using
the following equation:
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐
𝐷𝐷𝑐𝑐 = � � 𝑑𝑑 − 𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 ≥ 0 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. D6.3-1]
|𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐 | + 𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡
Demand Sets 80
Figure 6-3 - Web in compression - positive flexure
where,
fc Sum of the compression-flange stresses caused by the different

loads, i.e., DC1, the permanent load acting on the noncomposite
section; DC2, the permanent load acting on the long-term
composite section; DW, the wearing surface load; and LL+IM;
acting on their respective sections. f c is taken as negative when the
stress is in compression. Flange lateral bending is disregarded in
this calculation.
ft Sum of the tension-flange stresses caused by the different loads.
Flange lateral bending is disregarded in this calculation.
For composite sections in negative flexure, D c is computed for the section consisting of the steel
girder plus the longitudinal reinforcement, with the exception of the following. For composite
sections in negative flexure at the Service Design Check Request where the concrete deck is
considered effective in tension for computing flexural stresses on the composite section (Design
Parameter “Does concrete slab resist tension?” = Yes), D c is computed from AASHTO LRFD
Eq. D6.3.1-1. For this case, the stresses f c and f t are switched, the signs shown in the stress
diagram are reversed, t fc is the thickness of the bottom flange, and D c instead extends from the
neutral axis down to the top of the bottom flange.
Moment Gradient Modifier Cb

When the design request parameter ‘Method for determining moment gradient factor C b ’ is set to
‘Program Determined’, then for each demand set the stresses defined in AASHTO LRFD Cl.
6.10.8.2.3, f mid , f 0 , f 1 and f 2 at the unbraced segment are determined by interpolation of demands
at the nearest section cuts. The designer should be aware that live load moments at neighboring
section cuts within the unbraced segment are not necessarily controlled by the same load pattern
and as a result the moment gradient calculation may be impacted. The moment gradient modifier
C b is then calculated as:
 For unbraced cantilevers and for members where 𝑓𝑓𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚/ 𝑓𝑓2 > 1 or 𝑓𝑓2 = 0
𝐶𝐶𝑏𝑏 = 1.0 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.8.2.3-6]
Demand Sets 81
 For all other cases:
𝑓𝑓1 𝑓𝑓1 2
𝐶𝐶𝑏𝑏 = 1.75 − 1.05 � � + 0.3 � � ≤ 2.3 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.8.2.3-7]
𝑓𝑓2 𝑓𝑓2
6.3 Strength Design Request

The Strength Design Check calculates at every section cut positive flexural capacity, negative
flexural capacity, and shear capacity. It then compares the capacities against the envelope of
demands specified in the Design Request.
Flexure
6.3.1.1 Positive Flexure – Compact
The nominal flexural resistance of the section is evaluated as follows:
If D p ≤ 0.1 D t , then M n = M p ; otherwise,

𝐷𝐷𝑝𝑝
𝑀𝑀𝑛𝑛 = 𝑀𝑀𝑝𝑝 �1.07 − 0.7 � [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.7.1.2-2]
𝐷𝐷𝑡𝑡
In a continuous span, the nominal flexural resistance of the section is determined as:
where R h is a hybrid factor for the section in positive flexure.
The demand over capacity ratio is evaluated as
1
𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢 + 𝑓𝑓1 𝑆𝑆𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 𝑓𝑓𝑙𝑙
𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 � 3 , �
𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝑀𝑀𝑛𝑛 0.6𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦
6.3.1.2 Positive Flexure – Non-Compact

Nominal flexural resistance of the top compression flange is taken as:
𝐹𝐹𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = 𝑅𝑅𝑏𝑏 𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.7.2.2-1]
Nominal flexural resistance of the bottom tension flange is taken as:
𝐹𝐹𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = 𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.7.2.2-1]
The demand over capacity ratio is evaluated as:
1
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 𝑓𝑓1 𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 𝑓𝑓𝑙𝑙
𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 � 3 , , �
𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝐹𝐹𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝐹𝐹𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 0.6𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦
Strength Design Request 82

6.3.1.3 Negative Flexure in Accordance with Article 6.10.8

The local buckling resistance of the compression flange F nc(FLB) as specified in AASHTO LRFD
Cl. 6.10.8.2.2 is taken as:
If 𝜆𝜆𝑓𝑓 ≤ 𝜆𝜆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 ,
otherwise,
𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝜆𝜆𝑓𝑓 − 𝜆𝜆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝

𝐹𝐹𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = �1 − �1 − �� 𝑅𝑅𝑏𝑏 𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.8.2.2-2]
𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝜆𝜆𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 − 𝜆𝜆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
in which,
𝑏𝑏𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝜆𝜆𝑓𝑓 = [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.8.2.2-3]
2𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝐸𝐸
𝜆𝜆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 0.38� [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.8.2.2-4]
𝐸𝐸
F yr compression-flange stress at the onset of nominal yielding within the cross-

section, including residual stress effects, but not including compression-flange
lateral bending, taken as the smaller of 0.7F yc and F yw, but not less than 0.5F yc .
The lateral torsional buckling resistance of the compression flange F nc(LTB) as specified in
AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.8.2.3 is taken as follows:
 If L b ≤ L p , then F nc = R b R h F yc [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.8.2.3-1]
 If L p < L b ≤ L r , then
𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝐿𝐿𝑏𝑏 − 𝐿𝐿𝑝𝑝 [AASHTO LRFD Cl.

𝐹𝐹𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = 𝐶𝐶𝑏𝑏 �1 − � �� 𝑅𝑅𝑏𝑏 𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 ≤ 𝑅𝑅𝑏𝑏 𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦
𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝐿𝐿𝑟𝑟 − 𝐿𝐿𝑝𝑝 6.10.8.2.3-2]
 If L b > L r , then F nc = F cr ≤ R b R h F yc [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.8.2.3-3]
in which,
𝐸𝐸 𝐸𝐸
L b = unbraced length, 𝐿𝐿𝑝𝑝 = 1.0𝑟𝑟𝑡𝑡 � , 𝐿𝐿𝑟𝑟 = 𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟𝑡𝑡 �
𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦
C b = moment gradient modifier

𝐶𝐶𝑏𝑏 𝑅𝑅𝑏𝑏 𝜋𝜋 2 𝐸𝐸
𝐹𝐹𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 =
𝐿𝐿𝑏𝑏 2 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.8.2.3-8]
� �
𝑟𝑟𝑡𝑡
𝑟𝑟𝑡𝑡 =
1 𝐷𝐷 𝑡𝑡 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.8.2.3-9]
�12 �1 + 3 𝑏𝑏 𝑐𝑐 𝑡𝑡𝑤𝑤 �
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
The nominal flexural resistance of the bottom compression flange is taken as the smaller of the
local buckling resistance and the lateral torsional buckling resistance:
𝐹𝐹𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚�𝐹𝐹𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛(𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹), 𝐹𝐹𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛(𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿) �
The nominal flexural resistance of the top tension flange is taken as:
𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.8.1.3-1]
1
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 𝑓𝑓1
𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 � 3 , 𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 , 𝑓𝑓𝑙𝑙 �
𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝐹𝐹𝑚𝑚 𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 0.6𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦
6.3.1.4 Negative Flexure in Accordance with Appendix A6

Sections that satisfy the following requirement qualify as compact web sections:
2𝐷𝐷𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
≤ λpw(Dcp) [AASHTO LRFD Cl. A6.2.1-2]
𝑡𝑡𝑤𝑤
where,
𝐸𝐸
�𝐹𝐹
𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝐷𝐷𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
λpw�Dcp� = ≤� � [AASHTO LRFD Cl. A6.2.1-2]
2
𝑀𝑀𝑝𝑝 𝐷𝐷𝑐𝑐
�0.54 − 0.09�
𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝑀𝑀𝑦𝑦
𝐸𝐸
𝜆𝜆𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 = 5.7� [AASHTO LRFD Cl. A6.2.1-3]
Dc Depth of the web in compression in the elastic range.

D cp Depth of the web in compression at the plastic moment.

Then web plastification factors are determined as:

𝑀𝑀𝑝𝑝
𝑅𝑅𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = [AASHTO LRFD Cl. A6.2.1-4]
𝑀𝑀𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦
𝑀𝑀𝑝𝑝
𝑅𝑅𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = [AASHTO LRFD Cl. A6.2.1-5]
𝑀𝑀𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦
Sections that do not satisfy the requirement for compact web sections, but for which the web
slenderness satisfies the following requirement:
𝜆𝜆𝑤𝑤 < 𝜆𝜆𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. A6.2.2-1]
where,
2𝐷𝐷𝑐𝑐
𝜆𝜆𝑤𝑤 = [AASHTO LRFD Cl. A6.2.2-2]
𝑡𝑡𝑤𝑤
𝐸𝐸
The web plastification factors are taken as:
𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝑀𝑀𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝜆𝜆𝑤𝑤 − 𝜆𝜆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝(𝐷𝐷𝑐𝑐 ) 𝑀𝑀𝑝𝑝 𝑀𝑀𝑝𝑝 [AASHTO LRFD Cl.

𝑅𝑅𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = �1 − �1 − �� ≤
𝑀𝑀𝑝𝑝 𝜆𝜆𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 − 𝜆𝜆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝(𝐷𝐷𝑐𝑐) 𝑀𝑀𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝑀𝑀𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 A6.2.2-4]
𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝑀𝑀𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝜆𝜆𝑤𝑤 − 𝜆𝜆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝(𝐷𝐷𝑐𝑐) 𝑀𝑀𝑝𝑝 𝑀𝑀𝑝𝑝 [AASHTO LRFD Cl.

𝑅𝑅𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = �1 − �1 − �� ≤
where,
𝐷𝐷𝑐𝑐
𝜆𝜆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝(𝐷𝐷𝑐𝑐) = 𝜆𝜆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝(𝐷𝐷𝑐𝑐𝑝𝑝) � � ≤ 𝜆𝜆𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. A6.2.2-6]
𝐷𝐷𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
The local buckling resistance of the compression flange M ncFLB as specified in AASHTO LRFD
Cl. A6.3.2 is taken as:
𝑀𝑀𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = 𝑅𝑅𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑀𝑀𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. A6.3.2-1]
otherwise,
𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝑆𝑆𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 𝜆𝜆𝑓𝑓 − 𝜆𝜆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝

𝑀𝑀𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = �1 − �1 − �� 𝑅𝑅𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑀𝑀𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. A6.3.2-2]
𝑅𝑅𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑀𝑀𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝜆𝜆𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 − 𝜆𝜆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
in which,

𝜆𝜆𝑓𝑓 = [AASHTO LRFD Cl. A6.3.2-3]
𝐸𝐸
𝜆𝜆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 0.38� [AASHTO LRFD Cl. A6.3.2-4]
𝐸𝐸𝑘𝑘𝑐𝑐
For built-up sections,
4
𝑘𝑘𝑐𝑐 =
𝐷𝐷 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. A6.3.2-6]
�
𝑡𝑡𝑤𝑤
For rolled shapes (eFramePropType=SECTION_I as defined in API function

SapObject.SapModel.PropFrame.GetNameList; PropType argument):
𝑘𝑘𝑐𝑐 = 0.76.
The lateral torsional buckling resistance of the compression flange M ncLTB as specified in
AASHTO LRFD Cl. A6.3.3 is taken as M nc = R pc M yc :
 If 𝐿𝐿𝑏𝑏 ≥ 𝐿𝐿𝑝𝑝 ,
𝑀𝑀𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = 𝑅𝑅𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑀𝑀𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. A6.3.3-1]
 If 𝐿𝐿𝑝𝑝 < 𝐿𝐿𝑏𝑏 ≤ 𝐿𝐿𝑟𝑟 ,
𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝑆𝑆𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 𝐿𝐿𝑏𝑏 − 𝐿𝐿𝑝𝑝 [AASHTO LRFD

𝑀𝑀𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = 𝐶𝐶𝑏𝑏 �1 − �1 − �� 𝑅𝑅𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑀𝑀𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 ≤ 𝑅𝑅𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑀𝑀𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦
𝑅𝑅𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝑀𝑀𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝐿𝐿𝑟𝑟 − 𝐿𝐿𝑝𝑝 Cl. A6.3.3-2]
 If Lb > Lr ,
𝑀𝑀𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = 𝐹𝐹𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝑆𝑆𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 ≤ 𝑅𝑅𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑀𝑀𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. A6.3.3-3]
in which,
L b = unbraced length
𝐸𝐸 [AASHTO LRFD Cl.

𝐿𝐿𝑝𝑝 = 1.0𝑟𝑟𝑡𝑡 �
𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 A6.3.3-4]

𝐸𝐸 𝐽𝐽 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝑆𝑆𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 ℎ 2 [AASHTO LRFD Cl.

𝐿𝐿𝑟𝑟 = 1.95𝑟𝑟𝑡𝑡 � � �
1 + 1 + 6.76 � �
𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝑆𝑆𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 ℎ 𝐸𝐸 𝐽𝐽 A6.3.3-5]
C b = moment gradient modifier
𝐶𝐶𝑏𝑏 𝜋𝜋 2 𝐸𝐸 𝐽𝐽 𝐿𝐿𝑏𝑏 2
𝐹𝐹𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = �1 + 0.078 � � [AASHTO LRFD Cl.
𝐿𝐿 2 𝑆𝑆𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 ℎ 𝑟𝑟𝑡𝑡 A6.3.3-8]
� 𝑏𝑏 �
𝑟𝑟𝑡𝑡
3 3 3
𝐷𝐷𝑡𝑡𝑤𝑤 𝑏𝑏𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑏𝑏𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 [AASHTO LRFD Cl.
𝐽𝐽 = + �1 − 0.63 �+ �1 − 0.63 �
3 3 𝑏𝑏𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 3 𝑏𝑏𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 A6.3.3-9]
𝑟𝑟𝑡𝑡 =
[AASHTO LRFD Cl.
1 𝐷𝐷 𝑡𝑡
�12 �1 + 3 𝑏𝑏 𝑐𝑐 𝑡𝑡𝑤𝑤 � A6.3.3-10]
The nominal flexural resistance of the bottom compression flange is taken as the smaller of the
local buckling resistance and the lateral torsional buckling resistance:
𝑀𝑀𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚�𝑀𝑀𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛(𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹) , 𝑀𝑀𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛(𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿) �
The nominal flexural resistance of the top tension flange is taken as:
𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝑅𝑅𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑀𝑀𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦
1
𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 + 𝑓𝑓1 𝑆𝑆𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢 𝑓𝑓𝑙𝑙
𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 � 3 , , �
𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝑀𝑀𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝑅𝑅𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 𝑀𝑀𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 0.6𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦
6.3.1.5 Net Section Fracture

All tension flanges are checked for net section fracture per AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.1.8. The net
area of the tension flange is evaluated as follows:
𝐴𝐴𝑛𝑛 = 𝑟𝑟𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝐴𝐴𝑔𝑔
Where r spl is a ratio defined by the user in the Splice definition (Bridge > Span Items > Optimize
> Splices command) and A g is the gross flange area. The demand over capacity ratio is calculated
as follows:
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏
𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 =
𝐴𝐴𝑛𝑛 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.1.8-1]
𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 �𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦 ; 0.84 𝑓𝑓 �
𝐴𝐴𝑔𝑔 𝑢𝑢

6.3.1.6 Shear Connectors

CSiBridge calculates the total nominal shear force P nom as specified in AASHTO LRFD Cl.
6.10.10.4.2. The user can use the P nom value to determine the minimum number of shear
connectors n as defined in AASHTO LRFD Eq. 6.10.10.4.1-2.
2
𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = �𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡2 + 𝐹𝐹𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
where,
𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 = 𝑃𝑃𝑝𝑝 + 𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛
𝑃𝑃𝑝𝑝 = min(0.85𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ 𝑏𝑏𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ; 𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝑤𝑤 + 𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝑏𝑏𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 + 𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝑏𝑏𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 )
𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛 = min(0.45𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ 𝑏𝑏𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 ; 𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝑤𝑤 + 𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝑏𝑏𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 + 𝑓𝑓𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝑏𝑏𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 )
𝐿𝐿𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎ℎ
𝐹𝐹𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 = 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.10.4.2-1 to 9]
𝑅𝑅
L arch is calculated as 50% of the girder span length and R is the radius of the girder.
Shear
When processing the Design Request from the Design module, CSiBridge assumes that there are
no vertical stiffeners present and classifies all web panels as unstiffened. If the shear capacity
calculated based on this classification is not sufficient to resist the demand specified in the Design
Request, CSiBridge recommends minimum stiffener spacing to achieve a Demand over Capacity
ratio equal to 1. The recommended stiffener spacing is reported in the result table under the
column heading d0req.
In the Optimization form (Design/Rating > Superstructure Design > Optimize command), the
user can specify stiffener locations and CSiBridge recalculates the shear resistance. In that case
CSiBridge classifies the web panels as interior or exterior and stiffened or unstiffened based on
criteria specified in AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.9.1e. It should be noted that stiffeners are not
modeled in the Bridge Object and therefore adding/modifying stiffeners does not affect the
magnitude of the demands.
6.3.2.1 Nominal Resistance of Unstiffened Webs

The nominal shear resistance of unstiffened webs is taken as:
𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛 = 𝐶𝐶𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.9.2-1]
in which,
𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 = 0.58𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝑤𝑤 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.9.2-2]
C = the ratio of the shear-buckling resistance to the shear yield strength that is determined
as follows:

𝐷𝐷 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸
If ≤ 1.12� , then C = 1.0. [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.9.3.2-4]
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 𝐷𝐷 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 1.12 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸

If 1.12� < ≤ 1.40� , then 𝐶𝐶 = 𝐷𝐷 �𝐹𝐹 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.9.3.2-5]
𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝑡𝑡𝑤𝑤 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦
𝑡𝑡𝑤𝑤
𝐷𝐷 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 1.57 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸

If > 1.40� , then 𝐶𝐶 = 𝐷𝐷 2
� � [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.9.3.2-6]
𝑡𝑡𝑤𝑤 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 �𝑡𝑡 � 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦
𝑤𝑤
5
in which 𝑘𝑘 = 5 + 𝑑𝑑 2 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.9.3.2-7]
� 𝐷𝐷𝑐𝑐 �
6.3.2.2 Nominal Resistance of Stiffened Interior Web Panels

The nominal shear resistance of an interior web panel, with the section at the section cut
proportioned such that:
2𝐷𝐷𝑡𝑡𝑤𝑤
≤ 2.5 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.9.3.2-1]
𝑏𝑏𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 + 𝑏𝑏𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
is taken as:
⎡ ⎤
⎢ ⎥
0.87(1 − 𝐶𝐶)
⎢
𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛 = 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 𝐶𝐶 + ⎥ [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.9.3.2-2]
⎢ 2⎥
⎢ �1 + �𝑑𝑑𝑜𝑜 � ⎥
⎣ 𝐷𝐷 ⎦
in which,
𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 = 0.58𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝑤𝑤 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.9.3.2-3]
where,
d o = transverse stiffener spacing.
Otherwise, the nominal shear resistance is taken as follows:
⎡ ⎤
⎢ ⎥
⎢ 0.87(1 − 𝐶𝐶) ⎥
𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛 = 𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 ⎢𝐶𝐶 + ⎥ [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.9.3.2-8]
⎢ 2 ⎥
𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑
⎢ ��1 + � 𝑜𝑜 � + 𝑜𝑜 �⎥
𝐷𝐷 𝐷𝐷
⎣ ⎦
6.3.2.3 Nominal Resistance of End Panels

The nominal shear resistance of a web end panel is taken as:

𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛 = 𝑉𝑉𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 𝐶𝐶𝑉𝑉𝑝𝑝 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.9.3.3-1]
in which,
𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢
𝜙𝜙𝑛𝑛 𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛
6.4 Service Design Request

The Service Design Check calculates at every section cut stresses f f at the top steel flange of the
composite section and the bottom steel flange of the composite section and compares them against
limits specified in AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.4.2.2.
For the top steel flange of composite sections:
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.4.2.2-1]
0.95𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦
For the bottom steel flange of composite sections:
𝑓𝑓𝑙𝑙
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 +
𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 2 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.4.2.2-2]
For both steel flanges of noncomposite sections:
𝑓𝑓𝑙𝑙
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 +
𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 2 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.4.2.2-3]
The flange stresses are derived in the same way as f bu stress demands (see 6.2.1). The user has an
option to specify if the concrete slab resists tension or not by setting the “Does concrete slab resist
tension?” Design Request parameter. It is the responsibility of the user to verify if the slab
qualifies, in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.4.2.1, to resist tension.
For compact composite sections in positive flexure used in shored construction, the longitudinal
compressive stress in the concrete deck, determined as specified in AASHTO LRFD Cl.
6.10.1.1.1d, is checked against 0.6 f’ c .
𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 𝑓𝑓𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 /0.6𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′
Except for composite sections in positive flexure in which the web satisfies the requirement of
AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.2.1.1, all section cuts are checked against the following requirement:
Service Design Request 90

𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐
𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.2.2-4]
𝐹𝐹𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
where,
fc Compression-flange stress at the section under consideration due to

demand loads calculated without consideration of flange lateral
bending.
F crw Nominal bend-buckling resistance for webs without longitudinal
stiffeners determined as specified in AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.1.9.
0.9𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸
𝐹𝐹𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 =
𝐷𝐷 2 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.1.9.1-1]
� �
𝑡𝑡𝑤𝑤
but not to exceed the smaller of R h F yc and F yw /0.7, in which, k = bend buckling coefficient:
9
𝑘𝑘 = [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.1.9.1-2]
(𝐷𝐷𝑐𝑐 /𝐷𝐷)2
where,
Dc Depth of the web in compression in the elastic range determined as

specified in AASHTO LRFD Cl. D6.3.1.
When both edges of the web are in compression, k is taken as 7.2.
The highest Demand over Capacity ratio together with the controlling equation is reported for
each section cut.
6.5 Fatigue Design Request
Web Fatigue
Web Fatigue Design Request is used to calculate the Demand over Capacity ratio as defined in
AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.5.3 – Special Fatigue Requirement for Webs. The requirement is
applicable to interior panels of webs with transverse stiffeners. When processing the Design
Request from the Design module, CSiBridge assumes that there are no vertical stiffeners present
and classifies all web panels as unstiffened. Therefore, when the Design Request is completed
from the Design module, the Design Result Status table shows the message text “No stiffeners
defined – use optimization form to define stiffeners.”
user can specify stiffener locations, and then CSiBridge can recalculate the Web Fatigue Request.
In that case CSiBridge classifies the web panels as interior or exterior and stiffened or unstiffened
based on criteria specified in AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.9.1. It should be noted that stiffeners are
Fatigue Design Request 91

not modeled in the Bridge Object and therefore adding/modifying stiffeners does not affect the
𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢 /𝑉𝑉𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.5.3-1]
where,
Vu Shear in the web at the section under consideration due to demand

specified in the Design Request demand set combos. If the live load
distribution to girders method “Use Factor Specified by Design
Code” is selected in the Design Request, CSiBridge adjusts for the
multiple presence factor to account for the fact that fatigue load
occupies only one lane (AASHTO LRFD Cl. 3.6.1.4.3b) and
multiple presence factors shall not be applied when checking for the
fatigue limit state (AASHTO LRFD Cl. 3.6.1.1.2).
V cr Shear-buckling resistance determined from AASHTO LRFD Eq.
6.10.9.3.3-1.
Flange Fatigue
For every demand set the top and bottom flange tensile stress range due to vertical bending and
bottom flange tensile stress range due to lateral bending are calculated at every section cut. The
tensile stress ranges can be used by the user to verify load induced fatigue criteria specified in
AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.6.1.2.2.
The flange stresses are derived in the same way as f bu stress demands. The tensile stress range for
a particular demand set is calculated as delta between maximum tensile stress and minimum
tensile stress. If the minimum stress is compressive and the maximum stress is tensile the stress
range is set equal to the maximum stress, if both maximum and minimum stresses are compressive
the stress range is set equal to zero. If the demand set does not contain an envelope of values the
stress range is also set to zero.
6.6 Constructability Design Request
Staged (Steel-I Comp Construct Stgd)

This request enables the user to verify the superstructure during construction using a Nonlinear
Staged Construction load case. The use of nonlinear staged analysis allows the user to define
multiple snapshots of the structure during construction where parts of the bridge deck may be at
various completion stages. The user can control which stages CSiBridge will include in the
calculations of controlling demand over capacity ratios.
For each section cut specified in the Design Request, the constructability design check loops
through the Nonlinear Staged Construction load case output steps that correspond to Output
Labels specified in the Demand Set. At each step CSiBridge determines the status of the concrete
Constructability Design Request 92

slab at the girder section cut. The slab status can be not present, present non-composite, or
composite.
The Staged Constructability Design Check accepts area object models. The Staged
Constructability Design Check cannot be run on solid or spine models.
Non-Staged (Steel-I Comp Construct NonStgd)

This request enables the user to verify Demand over Capacity ratios during construction without
the need to define and analyze a Nonlinear Staged Construction load case. For each section cut
specified in the Design Request, the Constructability Design Check loops through all combos
specified in the Demand Set list. At each combo CSiBridge assumes the status of the concrete
slab as specified by the user in the Slab Status column. The slab status can be non-composite or
composite and applies to all the section cuts.
The Non-Staged Constructability Design Check accepts all Bridge Object Structural Model
Options available in the Update Bridge Structural Model form (Bridge > Update > Structural
Model Options option).
Slab Status vs. Unbraced Length

On the basis of the slab status, CSiBridge calculates corresponding positive flexural capacity,
negative flexural capacity, and shear capacity. Next CSiBridge compares the capacities against
demands specified in the Demand Set by calculating the Demand over Capacity ratio. The
controlling Demand Set and Output Label on a girder basis are reported for every section cut.
When the slab status is composite, CSiBridge assumes that the top flange is continuously braced.
When slab status in not present or non-composite, CSiBridge treats both flanges as discretely
braced. It should be noted that CSiBridge does not verify the presence of diaphragms at a
particular output step. It assumes that anytime a steel beam is activated at a given section cut, the
unbraced length L b for the bottom flange is equal to the distance between the nearest downstation
and the upstation qualifying cross diaphragms or span ends as defined in the Bridge Object.
CSiBridge assumes the same L b for the top flange. In other words the unbraced length L b is based
on the cross diaphragms that qualify as providing restraint to the bottom flange. Some of the
diaphragm types available in CSiBridge may not necessarily provide restraint to the top flange. It
is the user’s responsibility to provide top flange temporary bracing at the diaphragm locations
before slabs acting compositely.
Flexure
6.6.4.1 Positive Flexure Non-Composite
The Demand over Capacity ratio is evaluated as:
1
𝐷𝐷 𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 𝑓𝑓𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 3 𝑓𝑓𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 𝑓𝑓𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙
= 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 � , , , �
𝐶𝐶 𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝐹𝐹𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝐹𝐹𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦

where F ncto p is the nominal flexural resistance of the discretely braced top flange determined as
specified in AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.8.2 and F crwto p is the nominal bend–buckling resistance for
webs specified in AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.1.9.1 for webs without longitudinal stiffeners.
0.9𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸
� �
𝑡𝑡𝑤𝑤
but not to exceed the smaller of R h F yc and F yw /0.7
where,
9
𝑘𝑘 =
𝐷𝐷𝑐𝑐 2
� �
𝐷𝐷
When both edges of the web are in compression, k = 7.2.
6.6.4.2 Positive Flexure Composite

𝐷𝐷 𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 𝑓𝑓𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙

= 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 � , , �
𝐶𝐶 𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝐹𝐹𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦
where F crwtop is nominal bend-buckling resistance for webs specified in AASHTO LRFD Cl.
6.10.1.9.1 for webs without longitudinal stiffeners.
6.6.4.3 Negative Flexure Non Composite

1
𝐷𝐷 𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 𝑓𝑓𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 3 𝑓𝑓𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 𝑓𝑓𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙
= 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 � , , , �
𝐶𝐶 𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝐹𝐹𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝐹𝐹𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦
where F ncbot is the nominal flexural resistance of the discretely braced bottom flange determined
as specified in AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.8.2 and F crwbot is nominal bend-buckling resistance for
webs specified in AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.1.9.1 for webs without longitudinal stiffeners.
6.6.4.4 Negative Flexure Composite

1
𝐷𝐷 𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 𝑓𝑓𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 3 𝑓𝑓𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 𝑓𝑓𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
= 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 � , , , , �
𝐶𝐶 𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝐹𝐹𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝐹𝐹𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝜙𝜙𝑡𝑡 𝑓𝑓𝑟𝑟
where F ncbot is the nominal flexural resistance of the discretely braced bottom flange determined
as specified in AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.8.2, F crwbot is the nominal bend–buckling resistance for
webs specified in AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.1.9.1 for webs without longitudinal stiffeners, and
f deck is the demand tensile stress in the deck and f r is the modulus of rupture of concrete as

determined in AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.4.2.6.
Shear
When processing the Design Request from the Design module, CSiBridge assumes that there are
calculated based on this classification is not sufficient to resist the demand specified in the Design
Request and the controlling D over C ratio is occurring at a step when the slab status is composite,
CSiBridge recommends minimum stiffener spacing to achieve a Demand over Capacity ratio
equal to 1. The recommended stiffener spacing is reported in the result table under the column
heading d0req.
user can specify stiffener locations and then CSiBridge can recalculate the shear resistance. In
that case CSiBridge classifies the web panels as interior or exterior and stiffened or unstiffened
based on criteria specified in AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.9.1. It should be noted that stiffeners are
not modeled in the Bridge Object and therefore adding/modifying stiffeners does not affect the
magnitude of the demands. Adding stiffeners also does not increase capacity of section cuts where
the concrete slab status is other than composite.
6.6.5.1 Non-Composite Sections

in which,
𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢
𝜙𝜙𝑣𝑣 𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛
6.6.5.2 Composite Section

6.6.5.2.1 Nominal Resistance of Unstiffened Webs
in which,
C is the ratio of the shear-buckling resistance to the shear yield strength that is determined as
follows:

If ≤ 1.12� , then C = 1.0 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.9.3.2-4]

𝑡𝑡𝑤𝑤

If > 1.40� , then 𝐶𝐶 = 𝐷𝐷 2
� � [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.9.3.2-6]
𝑤𝑤
in which,
5
𝑘𝑘 = 5 +
𝑑𝑑 2 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.9.3.2-7]
� 𝑐𝑐 �
𝐷𝐷
6.6.5.2.2 Nominal Resistance of Stiffened Interior Web Panels

The nominal shear resistance of an interior web panel, with the section at the section cut
≤ 2.5 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.9.3.2-1]
is taken as:
⎡ ⎤
⎢ ⎥
0.87(1 − 𝐶𝐶)
⎢
⎢ 2⎥
⎢ �1 + �𝑑𝑑𝑜𝑜 � ⎥
⎣ 𝐷𝐷 ⎦
in which,
where,
⎡ ⎤
⎢ ⎥
⎢ 0.87(1 − 𝐶𝐶) ⎥
⎢ 2 ⎥
𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑
⎢ ��1 + � 𝑜𝑜 � + 𝑜𝑜 �⎥
𝐷𝐷 𝐷𝐷
⎣ ⎦

6.6.5.2.3 Nominal Resistance of End Panels

in which,
𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢
𝜙𝜙𝑛𝑛 𝑉𝑉𝑛𝑛
6.7 Section Optimization

After at least one Steel Design Request has been successfully processed, CSiBridge enables the
user to open a Steel Section Optimization module. The Optimization module allows interactive
modification of steel plate sizes and definition of vertical stiffeners along each girder and span. It
recalculates resistance “on the fly” based on the modified section without the need to unlock the
model and rerun the analysis. It should be noted that in the optimization process the demands are
not recalculated and are based on the current CSiBridge analysis results.
The Optimization form allows simultaneous display of three versions of section sizes and
associated resistance results. The section plate size versions are “As Analyzed”, “As Designed”,
and “Current”. The section plots use distinct colors for each version – black for As Analyzed,
blue for As Designed, and red for Current. When the Optimization form is initially opened, all
three versions are identical and equal to “As Analyzed.”
Two graphs are available to display various forces, moments, stresses, and ratios for the As
Analyzed or As Designed versions. The values plotted can be controlled by clicking the “Select
Series to Plot” button. The As Analyzed series are plotted as solid lines and the As Designed
series as dashed lines.
To modify steel plate sizes or vertical stiffeners, a new form can be displayed by clicking on the
Modify Section button. After the section modification is completed, the Current version is shown
in red in the elevation and cross section views. After the resistance has been recalculated
successfully by clicking the Recalculate Resistance button, the Current version is designated As
Designed and displayed in blue.
After the section optimization has been completed, the As Designed plate sizes and materials can
be applied to the analysis bridge object by clicking the OK button. The button opens a new form
that can be used to Unlock the existing model (in that case all analysis results will be deleted) or
save the file under a new name (New File button). Clicking the Exit button does not apply the
new plate sizes to the bridge object and keeps the model locked. The As Designed version of the
plate sizes will be available the next time the form is opened, and the Current version is discarded.
Section Optimization 97
6.8 PennDOT Amendments for DM-4

When setting the bridge superstructure design code preferences for the AASHTO LFRD 2017
code, an option called “Design Amendments” is available which can be set to “None” or
“PennDOT”. This is done using the Design/Rating > Superstructure Design > Code
Preferences command.
When this option is set to “PennDOT”, several changes are made to the design procedure to
account for the following requirements of the Pennsylvania Department of Transportation
(PennDOT) Design Manual, Part 4, April 2015 Edition (PennDOT, 2015):
1. When live-load distribution factors (LLDF) are used, these are calculated taking into
account the provisions of DM-4 Cl. 4.6.2.2.
2. The provisions of DM-4 Cl. 6.10.1.9.3P regarding web bend-buckling nominal flexural
resistance are incorporated. The depth of the web in compression is calculated assuming
that no longitudinal stiffeners are present. The stresses from dead and construction loads
are derived from demands Mdnc and Mdc specified in the design request.
3. The provisions of DM-4 Cl. 6.10.9.3.3 regarding end panels are incorporated. The effect
of longitudinal stiffeners is not considered.
It should be noted that the design procedure does not check for the presence of splices in panels
when verifying if a section can be classified as compact. You should not use the design results
for any panels containing splices that have been classified as compact.
The DM-4 Cl. 6.10.1.5 requirement to ignore haunches when computing flexural stiffness and
resistance of beams while taking into account the haunch dead weight can be approximately
satisfied by specifying haunch thickness in the bridge-section definition equal to the maximum
flange thickness. The weight of the remaining haunch can be applied as a superimposed line load
on top of the girders. If you choose instead to include the full haunch thickness in the model, the
difference in results tends to be small unless the haunch is deep.
Prior to running the superstructure design, the analysis should include the appropriate PennDOT
vehicles as needed for live load. A PennDOT vehicle library is provided in addition to the regular
AASHTO vehicles. Use the Loads > Vehicles command, and click the lower right arrow icon to
show the Define Vehicles form. Then use the Import button to locate the vehicles under Unites
States > PennDOT. Once imported, these vehicles can be modified, if necessary.
Appropriate load combinations should be created prior to running the superstructure design. Use
the Design/Rating > Load Combinations > Add Defaults command. Select “Bridge Design”,
and set “Amendment” to “PennDOT–Steel Girder”.
PennDOT Amendments for DM-4 98

7 Steel U-Girder Bridge with Composite Slab
of multicell concrete box girder bridges.
This chapter describes the algorithms CSiBridge applies when designing steel U-tub with
composite slab superstructures in accordance with the AASHTO LRFD 2017(AASHTO LRFD).
7.1 Section Properties
Yield Moments
The positive yield moment, M y , is determined by CSiBridge in accordance with AASHTO LRFD
Cl. D6.2.2 using the following user-defined input, which is part of the Design Request.
M dnc The user specifies in the Design Request the name of the combo that
represents the moment caused by the factored permanent load
applied before the concrete deck has hardened or is made composite.
M dc The user specifies in the Design Request the name of the combo that
represents the moment caused by the remainder of the factored
permanent load (applied to the composite section).
CSiBridge solves for M AD from the following equation:
𝑀𝑀𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑀𝑀𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑀𝑀𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴

𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 = + + [AASHTO LRFD Cl. D6.2.2-1]
𝑆𝑆𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁 𝑆𝑆𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆
and then calculates yield moment based on the following equation:
𝑀𝑀𝑦𝑦 = 𝑀𝑀𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 + 𝑀𝑀𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 + 𝑀𝑀𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. D6.2.2-2]
where,
S NC Noncomposite section modulus (in3)

S LT Long-term composite section modulus (in3)
Bridge Superstructure Design AASHTO 2017 Steel U-Girder Bridge with Composite Slab
S ST Short-term composite section modulus (in.3)
M y is taken as the lesser value calculated for the compression flange, M yc , or the tension flange,
M yt . The positive M y is calculated only once based on M dnc and M dc demands specified by the
user in the Design Request. It should be noted that the M y calculated in the procedure described
here is used by CSiBridge only to determine M npos for compact sections in positive bending in a
continuous span, where the nominal flexural resistance may be controlled by M y in accordance
with AASHTO LRFD Eq. 6.10.7.1.2-3.

For composite sections in negative flexure, the procedure described for positive yield moment is
followed, except that the composite section for both short-term and long-term moments consists
of the steel section and the longitudinal reinforcement within the tributary width of the concrete
deck. Thus, S ST and S LT are the same value. Also, M yt is taken with respect to either the tension
flange or the longitudinal reinforcement, whichever yields first. The negative M y is calculated
only once based on the M dnc and M dc demands specified by the user in the Design Request.
Plastic Moments
The positive plastic moment, M p , is calculated as the moment of the plastic forces about the plastic
neutral axis. Plastic forces in the steel portions of a cross-section are calculated using the yield
strengths of the flanges, the web, and reinforcing steel, as appropriate. Plastic forces in the
concrete portions of the cross-section that are in compression are based on a rectangular stress
block with the magnitude of the compressive stress equal to 0.85f’ c . Concrete in tension is
neglected. The position of the plastic neutral axis is determined by the equilibrium condition,
where there is no net axial force. In calculating M p for positive moment, the contribution of the
rebar in the deck is ignored.
The plastic moment of a composite section in positive flexure is determined by:
 Calculating the effective width of the bottom flange per AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.11.1.1.
 Calculating the element forces and using them to determine if the plastic neutral axis is
in the web, top flange, or concrete deck.
 Calculating the location of the plastic neutral axis within the element determined in the
first step.
 Calculating M p .
Equations for the various potential locations of the plastic neutral axis (PNA) are given in Table
7-1.

Table 7-1 - Calculation of PNA and M p for Sections in Positive Flexure

𝒀𝒀
𝐷𝐷 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 − 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 − 𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠 − 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 − 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟

𝑌𝑌� = � � � + 1�
2 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤
I In Web 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 + 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 ≥ 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 + 𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 2
𝑀𝑀𝑝𝑝 = [𝑌𝑌� + (𝐷𝐷 − 𝑌𝑌� )2 ]
2𝐷𝐷
+ [𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠 𝑑𝑑𝑠𝑠 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑑𝑑𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑑𝑑𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 𝑑𝑑𝑐𝑐 + 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 𝑑𝑑𝑡𝑡 ]
𝑡𝑡𝑐𝑐 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 + 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 − 𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠 − 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 − 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟

𝑌𝑌� = � � � + 1�
2 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐
In Top 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 2
II 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 + 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 + 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 ≥ 𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛
Flange 𝑀𝑀𝑝𝑝 = [𝑌𝑌� + (𝑡𝑡𝑐𝑐 − 𝑌𝑌�)2 ]
2𝑡𝑡𝑐𝑐
+ [𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠 𝑑𝑑𝑠𝑠 + 𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛 𝑑𝑑𝑛𝑛 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑑𝑑𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 𝑑𝑑𝑤𝑤 + 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 𝑑𝑑𝑡𝑡 ]
𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 + 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 + 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 − 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 − 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟

III 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 + 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 + 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 ≥ � � 𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛
Below 𝑡𝑡2 𝑌𝑌� 𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠
2
𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑀𝑀𝑝𝑝 = � � + [𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑑𝑑𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑑𝑑𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 𝑑𝑑𝑐𝑐 + 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 𝑑𝑑𝑤𝑤 + 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 𝑑𝑑𝑡𝑡 ]
2𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠

IV Deck at 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 + 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 + 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 ≥ � � 𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠 + 𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛 𝑌𝑌� 2 𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠
𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 2𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠
Concrete 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 + 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 + 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 − 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
Deck 𝑌𝑌� = (𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠 ) � �
𝑐𝑐𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠
Above 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 + 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 + 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 ≥ � � 𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠 + 𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛
V
P rb and 𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠 𝑌𝑌� 2 𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠
Below 𝑀𝑀𝑝𝑝 = � � + [𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑑𝑑𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑑𝑑𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 𝑑𝑑𝑐𝑐 + 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 𝑑𝑑𝑤𝑤 + 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 𝑑𝑑𝑡𝑡 ]

VI Deck at 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 + 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 + 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛 ≥ � � 𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠 � 2
𝑌𝑌 𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠
𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 + 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 + 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟

VII 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 + 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 + 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 < � � 𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠
Above 𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠 𝑌𝑌� 2 𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠
𝑀𝑀𝑝𝑝 = � � + [𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑑𝑑𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑑𝑑𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 𝑑𝑑𝑐𝑐 + 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 𝑑𝑑𝑤𝑤 + 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 𝑑𝑑𝑡𝑡 ]

Figure 7-1 - Plastic neutral axis cases - positive flexure
𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠 = 0.85𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′ 𝑏𝑏𝑠𝑠 𝑡𝑡𝑠𝑠
𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 = 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝑏𝑏𝑐𝑐 𝑡𝑡𝑐𝑐
𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 = �2𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝑤𝑤 �/𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝛼𝛼𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤
𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 = 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝑏𝑏𝑡𝑡 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 where b t is the effective width of bottom flange per AASHTO LRFD Cl.
6.11.1.1.
Next the section is checked for ductility requirement in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Eq.
6.10.7.3. In checking the ductility, the depth of the haunch is neglected.
𝐷𝐷𝑝𝑝 ≤ 0.42𝐷𝐷𝑡𝑡
where,
Dp Distance from the top of the concrete deck to the neutral axis of the
composite section at the plastic moment.
Dt Total depth of the composite section.
At the section where the ductility requirement is not satisfied, the plastic moment of a composite
section in positive flexure is set to zero.

The plastic moment of a composite section in negative flexure is calculated by an analogous
procedure. Equations for the two cases most likely to occur in practice are given in Table 7-2.
The plastic moment of a non-composite section is calculated by eliminating the terms pertaining
to the concrete deck and longitudinal reinforcement from the equations for composite sections.

Table 7-2 - Calculation of PNA and M p for Sections in Negative Flexure

𝒀𝒀
𝐷𝐷 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 − 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 − 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 − 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟

𝑌𝑌� = � � � + 1�
I
In
𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 + 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 ≥ 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛 2 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤
Web 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 2
𝑀𝑀𝑝𝑝 = [𝑌𝑌� + (𝐷𝐷 − 𝑌𝑌�)2 ] + [𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛 𝑑𝑑𝑛𝑛 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑑𝑑𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 𝑑𝑑𝑡𝑡 + 𝑃𝑃𝑙𝑙 𝑑𝑑𝑙𝑙 ]
2𝐷𝐷
𝑡𝑡𝑙𝑙 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 − 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 − 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 − 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟

In Top 𝑌𝑌� = � � � + 1�
II 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 + 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 + 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 ≥ 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛 2 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡
Flange 𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 2
𝑀𝑀𝑝𝑝 = [𝑌𝑌� + (𝑡𝑡𝑙𝑙 − 𝑌𝑌�)2 ] + [𝑃𝑃𝑛𝑛 𝑑𝑑𝑛𝑛 + 𝑃𝑃𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 𝑑𝑑𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 + 𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 𝑑𝑑𝑤𝑤 + 𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 𝑑𝑑𝑐𝑐 ]
2𝑡𝑡𝑙𝑙
Figure 7-2 - Plastic neutral axis cases - negative flexure
𝑃𝑃𝑠𝑠 = 0
𝑃𝑃𝑐𝑐 = 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝑏𝑏𝑐𝑐 𝑡𝑡𝑐𝑐 where b c is the effective width of the bottom flange per AASHTO LRFD Cl.
6.11.1.1.
𝑃𝑃𝑤𝑤 = �2𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝑤𝑤 � cos 𝑎𝑎𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤
𝑃𝑃𝑡𝑡 = 2𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝑏𝑏𝑡𝑡 𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡
In the equations for M p , d is the distance from an element force to the plastic neutral axis. Element
forces act at (a) mid-thickness for the flanges and the concrete deck, (b) mid-depth of the web,
and (c) center of reinforcement. All element forces, dimensions, and distances are taken as
positive. The conditions are checked in the order listed.

Section Classification and Factors

7.1.3.1 Compact or Non-Compact - Positive Flexure
CSiBridge determines if the section can be qualified as compact based on the following criteria:
 the bridge is not horizontally curved.

 the specified minimum yield strengths of the flanges do not exceed 70.0 ksi.
 the web satisfies the requirement of AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.11.2.1.2.
𝐷𝐷
≤ 150
𝑡𝑡𝑤𝑤
 the section satisfies requirements of AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.11.2.3.

 the box flange is fully effective as specified in AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.11.1.1.
 the section satisfies the web slenderness limit:
2𝐷𝐷𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝐸𝐸
≤ 3.76� [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.11.6.2.2-1]
The user can control in the design request parameters how CSiBridge shall determine if the bridge
is straight or horizontally curved. If the “Determined by program” option is selected the algorithm
checks for radius of the layout line at every valid section cut. If the radius is a definite number
the bridge is classified as horizontally curved.
7.1.3.2 Hybrid Factor Rh – Positive Flexure

For homogenous built-up sections, and built-up sections with a higher-strength steel in the web
than in both flanges, R h is taken as 1.0. Otherwise the hybrid factor is taken as:
12 + 𝛽𝛽(3𝜌𝜌 − 𝜌𝜌 3 )
12 + 2𝛽𝛽
where,
𝛽𝛽 = [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.1.10.1-2]
ρ Smaller of F yw /f n and 1.0.

A fn Bottom flange area.
Dn Larger of the distances from the elastic neutral axis of the cross-
neutral axis is at the mid-depth of the web, D n is the distance from
the neutral axis to the inside face of the flange on the side of the
neutral axis where yielding occurs first.
Fn f y of the bottom flange.

7.1.3.3 Web Load-Shedding Factor Rb – Positive Flexure

For composite sections in positive flexure, the R b factor is taken as equal to 1.0.
7.1.3.4 Web Load-Shedding Factor Rb – Negative Flexure

For composite sections in negative flexure, the R b factor is taken as:
𝑎𝑎𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 2𝐷𝐷𝑐𝑐
𝑅𝑅𝑏𝑏 = 1 − � �� − 𝜆𝜆𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 � ≤ 1.0 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.1.10.2]
1200 + 300𝑎𝑎𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 𝑡𝑡𝑤𝑤
where,
𝐸𝐸
2𝐷𝐷𝑐𝑐 𝑡𝑡𝑤𝑤
𝑎𝑎𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 = [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.1.10.2-5]
𝑏𝑏𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
When the user specifies the design request parameter “Do webs have longitudinal stiffeners?” as
yes, the R b factor is set to 1.0.
7.2 Demand Sets

Demand Set combos (at least one required) are user-defined combinations based on LRFD
combinations. The demands from all specified demand combos are enveloped and used to
calculate D/C ratios. The way the demands are used depends on whether the parameter "Use Stage
Analysis?” is set to Yes or No.
If “Yes”, CSiBridge reads the stresses on beams and slabs directly from the section cut results.
CSiBridge assumes that the effects of the staging of loads applied to non-composite versus
composite section and the concrete slab material time dependent properties were captured by
using the nonlinear stage analysis load case available in CSiBridge.
If “Use Stage Analysis? = No”, CSiBridge decomposes load cases present in every demand set
combo to three Bridge Design Action categories: non-composite, composite long term, and
composite short term. CSiBridge uses the load case Bridge Design Action parameter to assign the
load cases to the appropriate categories. A default Bridge Design Action parameter is assigned to
a load case based on its Design Type. However, the parameter can be overwritten: click the
Analysis > Load Cases > {Type} > New command to display the Load Case Data – {Type}
form; click the Design button next to the Load case type drop down list, under the heading Bridge
Design Action select the User Defined option and select a value from the list. The assigned Bridge
Design Action values are handled by CSiBridge in the following manner:
Demand Sets 105

Table 7-3 - Bridge Design Action
Bridge Design Action Value Specified Bridge Design Action Category Used in the
by the User Design Algorithm
Non-Composite Non-Composite
Long-Term Composite Long-Term Composite
Short-Term Composite Short-Term Composite
Staged Non-Composite
Other Non-Composite
Demand Flange Stresses fbu and ff

Evaluation of the flange stress, f bu , calculated without consideration of flange lateral bending is
dependent on setting the “Use Stage Analysis?” design request parameter.
If the “Use Stage Analysis? = No” then,

𝑃𝑃 𝑀𝑀𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁 𝑀𝑀𝐿𝐿𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇 𝑀𝑀𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = + + +
𝐴𝐴𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝑆𝑆𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑆𝑆𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿 𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆
where,
M NC Demand moment on the noncomposite section.

M LTC Demand moment on the long-term composite section.
M STC Demand moment on the short-term composite section.
The short-term section modulus for positive moment is calculated by transforming the concrete
deck using a steel to concrete modular ratio. The modular ratio (n) is calculated as a decimal
number expressed as n=E s /E c and used without rounding. The long-term section modulus for
positive moment is using a modular ratio factored by n, where n is specified in the “Modular ratio
long term multiplier” Design Parameter. The effect of compression reinforcement is ignored. For
negative moment, the concrete deck is assumed cracked and is not included in the section modulus
calculations, whereas tension reinforcement is taken into account.
The effective width of the bottom flange per AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.11.1.1 is used to calculate the
stresses. However, when the design request parameter “Use Stage Analysis? = Yes”, the f bu
stresses on both top and bottom flanges are read directly from the section cut results. In that case
the stresses are calculated based on gross section; the use of effective section properties cannot
be accommodated with this option. Therefore, if the section bottom flange does not satisfy the
criteria of AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.11.1.1 as being fully effective, the design parameter "Use Stage
Analysis?” should be set to No.
When “Use Stage Analysis? = Yes” CSiBridge assumes that the effects of the staging of loads
applied to non-composite versus composite sections and the concrete slab material time
dependent properties were captured by using the Nonlinear Staged Construction load case
Demand Sets 106

available in CSiBridge. The “Modular ratio long-term multiplier” is not used in this case.
CSiBridge verifies the sign of the stress in the composite slab, and if stress is positive (tension),
CSiBridge assumes that the entire section cut demand moment is carried by the steel section only.
This is to reflect the fact that the concrete in the composite slab is cracked and does not contribute
to the resistance of the section.
Flange stress f f used in the Service design check is evaluated in the same manner as the stress f bu ,
with one exception. When the Design Parameter “Does concrete slab resist tension?” in the Steel
Service Design request is set to “Yes”, CSiBridge uses section properties based on a transformed
section assuming the concrete slab to be fully effective in both tension and compression.
Demand Flange Lateral Bending Stress fl

The top flange lateral bending stress fl is evaluated only for the constructability design check
when the slab status is ‘non-composite” and when all of the following conditions are met:
 “Steel Girders” has been selected for the deck section type (Components >
Superstructure Item > Deck Sections command) and the Girder Modeling In Area
Object Models – Model Girders Using Area Objects option is set to “Yes” on the Define
Bridge Section Data – Steel Girder form.
The bridge object is modeled using Area Objects. This option can be set using the Bridge
> Update command to display the “Update Bridge Structural Model” form; then select
the Update as Area Object Model option.
In all other cases, the top flange lateral bending stress is set to zero. The fl stresses on each top
flange are read directly from the section cut results and the maximum absolute value stress from
the two top flanges is reported.
Depth of the Web in Compression

For composite sections in positive flexure, the depth of the web in compression is computed using
the following equation:
−𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐
𝐷𝐷𝑐𝑐 = � � 𝑑𝑑 − 𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 ≥ 0 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. D6.3.1-1]
|𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐 | + 𝑓𝑓𝑡𝑡
Demand Sets 107

Figure 7-3 - Web in compression - positive flexure
where,
fc Sum of the compression-flange stresses caused by the different

loads, i.e., D C1 , the permanent load acting on the noncomposite
section; D C2 , the permanent load acting on the long-term composite
section; D W , the wearing surface load; and LL+IM acting on their
respective sections. f c is taken as negative when the stress is in
compression. Flange lateral bending is disregarded in this
calculation.
ft Sum of the tension-flange stresses caused by the different loads.
Flange lateral bending is disregarded in this calculation.
For composite sections in negative flexure, D C is computed for the section consisting of the steel
U-tub plus the longitudinal reinforcement, with the exception of the following. For composite
sections in negative flexure at the Service Design Check Request where the concrete deck is
considered effective in tension for computing flexural stresses on the composite section (Design
Parameter “Does concrete slab resist tension?” = Yes), D C is computed from AASHTO LRFD
Eq. D6.3.1-1. For this case, the stresses f c and f t are switched, the signs shown in the stress
diagram are reversed, t fc is the thickness of the bottom flange, and D C instead extends from the
neutral axis down to the top of the bottom flange.
7.3 Strength Design Request

The strength design check calculates at every section cut positive flexural capacity, negative
flexural capacity, and shear capacity. It then compares the capacities against the envelope of
demands specified in the design request.
Flexure
7.3.1.1 Positive Flexure – Compact
The nominal flexural resistance of the section is evaluated as follows:
If D p ≤ 0.1 D t :

M n = Mp
otherwise,
𝐷𝐷𝑝𝑝
𝑀𝑀𝑛𝑛 = 𝑀𝑀𝑝𝑝 �1.07 − 0.7 � [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.7.1.2-2]
𝐷𝐷𝑡𝑡
In a continuous span, the nominal flexural resistance of the section is determined as:
where R h is a hybrid factor for the section in positive flexure.
𝑀𝑀𝑢𝑢
𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 � �
𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝑀𝑀𝑛𝑛
7.3.1.2 Positive Flexure – Non-Compact

Nominal flexural resistance of the top compression flange is taken as:
𝐹𝐹𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = 𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 ∆ [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.7.2.1-2]
where,
2
𝑓𝑓𝑣𝑣
∆= �1 − 3 � �
𝑇𝑇
Where 𝑓𝑓𝑣𝑣 = is St. Venant torsional shear stress in the flange due to the factored loads and
2𝐴𝐴0 𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
A 0 is the enclosed area within the box section.
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏
𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 � , �
𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝐹𝐹𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝐹𝐹𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛
7.3.1.3 Negative Flexure

Nominal flexural resistance of continuously braced top flange in tension is taken as:
𝐹𝐹𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = 𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦. [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.11.8.3]

Nominal flexural resistance of the bottom unstiffened compression flange is taken as:
𝑓𝑓𝑣𝑣 2
𝐹𝐹𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = 𝐹𝐹𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 �1 − � � [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.11.8.2.2-1]
𝜙𝜙𝑣𝑣 𝐹𝐹𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
in which,
F cb = nominal axial compression buckling resistance of the flange under compression alone
calculated as follows:
If 𝜆𝜆𝑓𝑓 ≤ 𝜆𝜆𝑝𝑝 :
𝐹𝐹𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 𝑅𝑅𝑏𝑏 𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 Δ [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.11.8.2.2-2]
If 𝜆𝜆𝑝𝑝 ≤ 𝜆𝜆 ≤ 𝜆𝜆𝑟𝑟 :
𝑓𝑓
Δ − 0.3 𝜆𝜆𝑓𝑓 − 𝜆𝜆𝑝𝑝

𝐹𝐹𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 𝑅𝑅𝑏𝑏 𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 �Δ − �Δ − �� [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.11.8.2.2-3]
𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝜆𝜆𝑟𝑟 − 𝜆𝜆𝑝𝑝
If 𝜆𝜆𝑓𝑓 ≤ 𝜆𝜆𝑟𝑟 :
0.9𝐸𝐸𝑅𝑅𝑏𝑏 𝑘𝑘
𝐹𝐹𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.11.8.2.2-4]
𝜆𝜆2𝑓𝑓
F cv = nominal shear buckling resistance of the flange under shear alone calculated as follows:
𝐸𝐸𝑘𝑘𝑠𝑠
If 𝜆𝜆𝑓𝑓 ≤ 1.12� :
𝐹𝐹𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 0.58𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.11.8.2.2-5]
𝐸𝐸𝑘𝑘𝑠𝑠 𝐸𝐸𝑘𝑘𝑠𝑠
If 1.12� < 𝜆𝜆𝑓𝑓 ≤ 1.40� :
𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦
0.65�𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝐸𝐸𝑘𝑘𝑠𝑠
𝜆𝜆𝑓𝑓
𝐸𝐸𝑘𝑘𝑠𝑠
If 𝜆𝜆𝑓𝑓 > 1.40� :
0.9𝐸𝐸𝑘𝑘𝑠𝑠
𝜆𝜆2𝑓𝑓
The slenderness ratio for the compression flange is:

𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸
𝜆𝜆𝑝𝑝 = 0.57� [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.11.8.2.2-9]
𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 Δ
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸
𝜆𝜆𝑟𝑟 = 0.95� [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.11.8.2.2-10]
2
𝑓𝑓𝑣𝑣
Δ = �1 − 3 � � [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.11.8.2.2-11]
The St. Venant torsional shear stress in the flange due to the factored loads at the section under
consideration is calculated as:
𝑇𝑇
𝑓𝑓𝑣𝑣 = [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.11.8.2.2-12]
The smaller of the compression-flange stress at the onset of nominal yielding, with consideration
of residual stress effects, or the specified minimum yield strength of the web is calculated as:
𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 = (Δ − 0.3)𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.11.8.2.2-13]
The plate-buckling coefficient for uniform normal stress:
k = 4.0
The plate-buckling coefficient for shear stress:
k s = 5.34
𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏
𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 � , �
𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝐹𝐹𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝐹𝐹𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛
Shear
When processing the design request from the Design module, CSiBridge assumes that no vertical
stiffeners are present and classifies all web panels as unstiffened. If the shear capacity calculated
based on this classification is not sufficient to resist the demand specified in the design request,
CSiBridge recommends minimum stiffener spacing to achieve a demand over capacity ratio equal
to 1. The recommended stiffener spacing is reported in the result table under the column heading
d0req.

criteria specified in AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.9.1. It should be noted that stiffeners are not
7.3.2.1 Nominal Resistance of Unstiffened Webs

In the following equations, D is taken as the depth of the web plate measured along the slope and
each web demand over capacity ratio is calculated based on shear due to factored loads taken as:
𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢
𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢 =
cos 𝛼𝛼𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤
where V u is vertical shear due to the factored loads on one inclined web and α web is the angle of
inclination of the web plate to the vertical. The V ui value is reported in the result tables.
in which,
C is the ratio of the shear-buckling resistance to the shear yield strength that is determined as
follows:
𝐷𝐷 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 [AASHTO LRFD Cl.

If ≤ 1.12� , then C = 1.0
𝑡𝑡𝑤𝑤 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 6.10.9.3.2-4]
𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 𝐷𝐷 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 1.12 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 [AASHTO LRFD Cl.

If 1.12� < ≤ 1.40� , then 𝐶𝐶 = 𝐷𝐷 �𝐹𝐹
𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝑡𝑡𝑤𝑤 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 6.10.9.3.2-5]
𝑡𝑡𝑤𝑤
𝐷𝐷 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 1.57 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸 [AASHTO LRFD Cl.

If > 1.40� , then 𝐶𝐶 = 𝐷𝐷 2
� �
𝑤𝑤
6.10.9.3.2-6]
in which,
5
𝑘𝑘 = 5 +
� 𝑐𝑐 �
𝐷𝐷
7.3.2.2 Nominal Resistance of Stiffened Interior Web Panels

The nominal shear resistance of an interior web panel with the section at the section cut, is

≤ 2.5 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.9.3.2-1]
is taken as:
⎡ ⎤
⎢ ⎥
0.87(1 − 𝐶𝐶)
⎢
⎢ 2⎥
⎢ �1 + �𝑑𝑑𝑜𝑜 � ⎥
⎣ 𝐷𝐷 ⎦
in which,
where,
⎡ ⎤
⎢ ⎥
⎢ 0.87(1 − 𝐶𝐶) ⎥
⎢ 2 ⎥
𝑑𝑑𝑜𝑜 𝑑𝑑 𝑜𝑜
⎢ ��1 + � � + �⎥
𝐷𝐷 𝐷𝐷
⎣ ⎦
7.3.2.3 Nominal Resistance of End Panels

in which,
7.3.2.4 Torsion Effects

For all single box sections, horizontally curved section, and multiple box sections in bridges not
satisfying the requirements of AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.11.2.3, or with a bottom flange that is not
fully effective according to the provisions of AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.11.1.1, V ui is taken as the
sum of the flexural and St. Venant torsional shears. The St. Venant torsional shear is calculated
as:
𝑉𝑉𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = 𝑓𝑓𝑣𝑣 𝐴𝐴𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤
where,

𝑇𝑇
𝑓𝑓𝑣𝑣 =
2𝐴𝐴0 𝑡𝑡𝑤𝑤
𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢
7.4 Service Design Request

The service design check calculates at every section cut stresses f f at the top steel flange of the
composite section and the bottom steel flange of the composite section, and compares them
against limits specified in AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.4.2.2.
For the top and bottom steel flange of composite sections:
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
The flange stresses are derived in the same way as f bu stress demands (see 6.2.1). The user has an
option to specify whether the concrete slab resists tension or not by setting the design request
parameter “Does concrete slab resist tension?”. It is the responsibility of the user to verify if the
slab qualifies to resist tension per AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.4.2.1.
For compact composite sections in positive flexure utilized in shored construction, the
longitudinal compressive stress in the concrete deck, determined as specified in AASHTO LRFD
Cl. 6.10.1.1.1d, is checked against 0.6f′ c .
𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 𝑓𝑓𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 /0.6𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐′
Except for composite sections in positive flexure in which the web satisfies the requirement of
AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.2.1.1, all section cuts are checked against the following requirement:
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐
𝑓𝑓𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐
where,
fc Compression-flange stress at the section under consideration due to

demand loads calculated without consideration of flange lateral
bending.
F crw Nominal bend-buckling resistance for webs without longitudinal
stiffeners determined as specified in AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.1.9.
Service Design Request 114

0.9𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸
� �
𝑡𝑡𝑤𝑤
but not to exceed the smaller of R h F yc and F yw /0.7. In which k = bend buckling coefficient:
9
𝑘𝑘 =
𝐷𝐷𝑐𝑐 2 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.1.9.1-2]
� �
𝐷𝐷
where D c = Depth of the web in compression in the elastic range determined as specified in
AASHTO LRFD Cl. D6.3.1.
When both edges of the web are in compression, k is taken as 7.2.
The highest Demand over Capacity ratio together with the controlling equation is reported for
each section cut.
7.5 Web Fatigue Design Request

The Web Fatigue Design Request is used to calculate the demand over capacity ratio as defined
in AASHTO LRFD Cl 6.10.5.3 – Special Fatigue Requirement for Webs. The requirement is
applicable to interior panels of webs with transverse stiffeners. When processing the design
request from the Design module, CSiBridge assumes that there are no vertical stiffeners present
and classifies all web panels as unstiffened. Therefore, when the design request is completed
from the Design module the Design Result Status table shows message text – “No stiffeners
defined – use optimization form to define stiffeners”.
user can specify stiffener locations and CSiBridge recalculates the Web Fatigue Request. In that
case CSiBridge classifies the web panels as interior or exterior and stiffened or unstiffened based
on criteria specified in AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.9.1. It should be noted that stiffeners are not
In the following equations D is taken as depth of the web plate measured along the slope and each
web demand over capacity ratio is calculated based on shear due to factored loads taken as:
𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢
For all single box sections, horizontally curved sections, and multiple box sections in bridges not
fully effective according to the provisions of AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.11.1.1 V ui is taken as the sum
of the flexural and St. Venant torsional shears. The St. Venant torsional shear is calculated as:
Web Fatigue Design Request 115


𝑇𝑇
𝑤𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒𝑒 𝑓𝑓𝑣𝑣 =
If live load distribution to girders method “Use Factor Specified by Design Code” is selected in
the design request CSiBridge adjusts for the multiple presence factor to account for the fact that
fatigue load occupies only one lane (AASHTO LRFD Cl. 3.6.1.4.3b) and multiple presence
factors shall not be applied when checking for fatigue limit state (AASHTO LRFD Cl. 3.6.1.1.2).
V cr = shear-buckling resistance determined from AASHTO LRFD Eq. 6.10.9.3.3-1 (see 6.3.2.3).
DoverC=V ui /V cr [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.5.3-1]
7.6 Constructability Design Request
Staged (Steel-U Comp Construct Stgd)

This request enables the user to verify the superstructure during construction by utilizing the
Nonlinear Staged Construction load case. The use of nonlinear staged analysis allows the user to
define multiple snapshots of the structure during construction where parts of the bridge deck may
be at various completion stages. The user has control of which stages CSiBridge will include in
the calculations of the controlling demand over capacity ratios.
For each section cut specified in the design request the constructability design check loops
through the Nonlinear Staged Construction load case output steps that correspond to Output
Labels specified in the Demand Set. At each step CSiBridge determines the status of the concrete
slab at the girder section cut. The slab status can be non-composite or composite.
The Staged Constructability design check accepts the following Bridge Object Structural Model
Options:
 Area Object Model

 Solid Object Model
The Staged Constructability design check cannot be run on Spine models.
Non-staged (Steel-U Comp Construct NonStgd)

This request enables the user to verify demand over capacity ratios during construction without
the need to define and analyze a Nonlinear Staged Construction load case. For each section cut
specified in the design request the constructability design check loops through all combos
specified in the Demand Set list. At each combo CSiBridge assumes the status of the concrete
slab as specified by the user in the Slab Status column. The slab status can be non-composite or
composite and applies to all the section cuts.

The Non-Staged Constructability design check accepts all Bridge Object Structural Model
Options available in the Update Bridge Structural Model form. (Bridge > Update > Structural
Model Options option).
Slab Status vs Unbraced Length

Based on the slab status CSiBridge calculates corresponding positive flexural capacity, negative
flexural capacity, and shear capacity. Next CSiBridge compares the capacities against demands
specified in the Demand Set by calculating the demand over capacity ratio. The controlling
Demand Set and Output Label on girder basis are reported for every section cut.
When the slab status is composite CSiBridge assumes that both top and bottom flanges are
continuously braced. When slab status is not present or non-composite CSiBridge treats both top
flanges as discretely braced. It should be noted that CSiBridge does not verify presence of
diaphragms at a particular output step. It assumes that anytime a steel beam is activated at a given
section cut that the unbraced length L b for the top flanges is equal to distance between the nearest
downstation and upstation qualifying cross diaphragms or span ends as defined in the Bridge
Object. In other words the unbraced length L b is based on the cross diaphragms that qualify as
providing restraint to the bottom flange. Some of the diaphragm types available in CSiBridge may
not necessarily provide restraint to the top flanges. It is the user’s responsibility to provide top
flange temporary bracing at the diaphragm locations prior to the slab acting compositely.
Flexure
7.6.4.1 Positive Flexure Non- Composite
The local buckling resistance of the top compression flange F nc(FLB) as specified in AASHTO
LRFD Cl. 6.10.8.2.2 is taken as:
otherwise,
𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝜆𝜆𝑓𝑓 − 𝜆𝜆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝

𝐹𝐹𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = �1 − �1 − �� 𝑅𝑅𝑏𝑏 𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.8.2.2-2]
𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝜆𝜆𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 − 𝜆𝜆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝
in which,
𝐸𝐸
𝜆𝜆𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 0.38� [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.8.2.2-4]

𝐸𝐸
F yr = compression-flange stress at the onset of nominal yielding within the cross-section,

including residual stress effects, but not including compression-flange lateral bending, taken as
the smaller of 0.7F yc and F yw , but not less than 0.5F yc .
The lateral torsional buckling resistance of the top compression flange F nc(LTB) as specified in
AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.8.2.3 is taken as follows:
If L b ≤ L p ,
If L p < L b ≤ L r ,
𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝐿𝐿𝑏𝑏 − 𝐿𝐿𝑝𝑝

𝐹𝐹𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = 𝐶𝐶𝑏𝑏 �1 − �1 − �� 𝑅𝑅𝑏𝑏 𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦
𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝐿𝐿𝑟𝑟 − 𝐿𝐿𝑝𝑝 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.8.2.3-2]
≤ 𝑅𝑅𝑏𝑏 𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦
If L b > L r ,
𝐹𝐹𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = 𝐹𝐹𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 ≤ 𝑅𝑅𝑏𝑏 𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.8.2.3-3]
in which,
L b = unbraced length
𝐸𝐸
𝐿𝐿𝑝𝑝 = 1.0𝑟𝑟𝑡𝑡 �
𝐸𝐸
𝐿𝐿𝑟𝑟 = 𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟𝑡𝑡 �
C b = moment gradient modifier = 1
𝐶𝐶𝑏𝑏 𝑅𝑅𝑏𝑏 𝜋𝜋 2 𝐸𝐸
𝐹𝐹𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 =
𝐿𝐿𝑏𝑏 2 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.8.2.3-8]
� �
𝑟𝑟𝑡𝑡
𝑟𝑟𝑡𝑡 =
1 𝐷𝐷 𝑡𝑡 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.8.2.3-9]
�12 �1 + 3 𝑏𝑏 𝑐𝑐 𝑡𝑡𝑤𝑤 �
The nominal flexural resistance of the top compression flange is taken as the smaller of the local
buckling resistance and the lateral torsional buckling resistance:

𝐹𝐹𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚�𝐹𝐹𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛(𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹), 𝐹𝐹𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛(𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿𝐿) �
𝐹𝐹𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = 𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 Δ [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.7.2.1-2]
where,
2
𝑓𝑓𝑣𝑣
∆= �1 − 3 � �
𝑇𝑇
where 𝑓𝑓𝑣𝑣 = is St. Venant torsional shear stress in the flange due to the factored loads and
1
𝐷𝐷 𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 𝑓𝑓𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 3 𝑓𝑓𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 𝑓𝑓𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏
= 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 � , , , , �
𝐶𝐶 𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝐹𝐹𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝐹𝐹𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 0.6𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 𝜙𝜙𝑡𝑡 𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝐹𝐹𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛
where F crwtop is the nominal bend–bucking resistance for webs specified in AASHTO LRFD Cl.
6.10.1.9.1 for webs without longitudinal stiffeners.
0.9𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸
� �
𝑡𝑡𝑤𝑤
but not to exceed the smaller of R h F yc and F yw /0.7

9
where 𝑘𝑘 = 𝐷𝐷 2
. When both edges of the web are in compression, k = 7.2.
� 𝐷𝐷𝑐𝑐 �
7.6.4.2 Positive Flexure Composite

Nominal flexural resistance of the top compression flanges is taken as:
𝐹𝐹𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = 𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 ∆ [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.11.3.2-3]
where,
2
𝑓𝑓𝑣𝑣
∆= �1 − 3 � �
𝑇𝑇

𝐹𝐹𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 = 𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 ∆ [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.11.3.2-3]
where,
2
𝑓𝑓𝑣𝑣
∆= �1 − 3 � �
𝑇𝑇
𝐷𝐷 𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏
= 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 � , �
𝐶𝐶 𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝐹𝐹𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝐹𝐹𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛
7.6.4.3 Negative Flexure Non- Composite

𝐷𝐷 𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 + 𝑓𝑓𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 𝑓𝑓𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙

= 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 � , , �
𝐶𝐶 𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝐹𝐹𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 0.6𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦
where F nctbot is the nominal flexural resistance of the continuously braced unstiffened bottom
flange determined as specified in AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.11.8.2.2-1.
7.6.4.4 Negative Flexure Composite

𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 𝑓𝑓𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 𝑓𝑓𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 � , , �
𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝐹𝐹𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛 𝜙𝜙𝑓𝑓 𝑅𝑅ℎ 𝐹𝐹𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦 Δ 𝜙𝜙𝑡𝑡 𝑓𝑓𝑟𝑟
where F nctbot is the nominal flexural resistance of the continuously braced unstiffened bottom
flange determined as specified in AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.11.8.2.2-1, and
2
𝑓𝑓𝑣𝑣
∆= �1 − 3 � �
𝑇𝑇
where 𝑓𝑓𝑣𝑣 = is St. Venant torsional shear stress in the flange due to the factored loads, A 0
is the enclosed area within the box section, f deck is the demand tensile stress in the deck, and f r is
the modulus of rupture of concrete as determined in AASHTO LRFD Cl. 5.4.2.6
Shear
When processing the design request from the Design module, CSiBridge assumes that there are
calculated based on this classification is not sufficient to resist the demand specified in the design

request and the controlling demand over capacity ratio is occurring at a step when the slab status
is composite, CSiBridge recommends minimum stiffener spacing to achieve a demand over
capacity ratio equal to 1. The recommended stiffener spacing is reported in the result table under
the column heading d0req.
criteria specified in AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.9.1. It should be noted that stiffeners are not
magnitude of the demands. Adding stiffeners also does not increase capacity of sections cuts
where the concrete slab status is other than composite.
In the following equations D is taken as the depth of the web plate measured along the slope and
each web demand over capacity ratio is calculated based on shear due to factored loads taken as:
𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢
7.6.5.1 Torsion Effects

For all single box sections, horizontally curved sections, and multiple box sections in bridges not
fully effective according to the provisions of AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.11.1.1, V ui is taken as the
sum of the flexural and St. Venant torsional shears. The St. Venant torsional shear is calculated
as:
where,
𝑇𝑇
𝑓𝑓𝑣𝑣 =
7.6.5.2 Non- Composite Sections

in which,
𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢

7.6.5.3 Composite Sections

7.6.5.3.1 Nominal Resistance of Unstiffened Webs
in which,
C = the ratio of the shear-buckling resistance to the shear yield strength that is determined as
follows:
If ≤ 1.12� , then C = 1.0 [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.9.3.2-4]

𝑡𝑡𝑤𝑤

If > 1.40� , then 𝐶𝐶 = 𝐷𝐷 2
� � [AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.9.3.2-6]
𝑤𝑤
in which,
5
𝑘𝑘 = 5 +
� 𝑐𝑐 �
𝐷𝐷
7.6.5.3.2 Nominal Resistance of Stiffened Interior Web Panels

The nominal shear resistance of an interior web panel with the section at the section cut
2𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝑤𝑤
[AASHTO LRFD Cl. 6.10.9.3.2-1]
�𝑏𝑏𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 + 𝑏𝑏𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑡𝑡𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 �
is taken as:
⎡ ⎤
⎢ ⎥
0.87(1 − 𝐶𝐶)
⎢
⎢ 2⎥
⎢ �1 + �𝑑𝑑𝑜𝑜 � ⎥
⎣ 𝐷𝐷 ⎦
in which,
where,

⎡ ⎤
⎢ ⎥
⎢ 0.87(1 − 𝐶𝐶) ⎥
⎢ 2 ⎥
𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑
⎢ ��1 + � 𝑜𝑜 � + 𝑜𝑜 �⎥
𝐷𝐷 𝐷𝐷
⎣ ⎦
7.6.5.3.3 Nominal Resistance of End Panels

in which,
𝑉𝑉𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢
7.7 Section Optimization

After at least one Steel Design Request has been successfully processed, CSiBridge enables the
user to open a Steel Section Optimization module. The Optimization module allows interactive
modification of certain steel plate sizes, materials, and definition of vertical stiffeners along each
girder and span. The U tub section plate parameters that are available for modification are:
 Top flange – thickness, width, and material

 Webs – thickness and material
 Bottom flange – thickness and material
CSiBridge recalculates resistance “on the fly” based on the modified section without the need to
unlock the model and rerun the analysis. It should be noted that in the optimization process the
demands are not recalculated and are based on the current CSiBridge analysis results.
The Optimization form allows simultaneous display of three versions of section sizes and
associated resistance results. The section plate size versions are “As Analyzed”, “As Designed”,
and “Current”. The section plots use distinct colors for each version – black for As Analyzed,
blue for As Designed, and red for Current. When the Optimization form is initially opened, all
three versions are identical and equal to “As Analyzed”.
Two graphs are available to display various forces, moments, stresses, and ratios for the As
Analyzed or As Designed versions. The values plotted can be controlled by clicking the “Select

Series to Plot” button. The As Analyzed series are plotted as solid lines and the As Designed
series as dashed lines.
To modify steel plate sizes or vertical stiffeners, a new form can be displayed by clicking on the
Modify Section button. After the section modification is completed, the Current version is shown
in red in the elevation and cross section views. After the resistance has been recalculated
successfully by clicking the Recalculate Resistance button, the Current version is designated to
As Designed and displayed in blue.
After the section optimization has been completed, the As Designed plate sizes and materials can
be applied to the analysis bridge object by clicking the OK button. The button opens a new form
that can be used to Unlock the existing model (in that case all analysis results will be deleted) or
save the file under a new name (New File button). Clicking the Exit button does not apply the
new plate sizes to the bridge object and keeps the model locked. The As Designed version of the
plate sizes will be available the next time the form is opened, and the Current version is discarded.
The previously defined stiffeners can be recalled in the Steel Beam Section Variation form by
clicking the Copy/Reset/Recall button in the top menu of the form. The form can be displayed
by clicking on the Modify Section button.

8 References
AASHTO. (2017). AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications (8th ed.). Washington, DC, United States:
American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials. Retrieved from
www.transportation.org
PennDOT. (2015). Design Manual, Part 4 Structures (April 2015 ed.). Pennsylvania, United States:
Pennsylvania Department of Transportation. Retrieved from www.dot.state.pa.us
125

Bridge Superestructure Design - AASHTO - LRFD - 2017 - CSiBridge

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Bridge Superestructure Design - AASHTO - LRFD - 2017 - CSiBridge

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

I

Steel Frame Design Manual

ISO BRG120619M10 Rev. 0 December 2019

Copyright © Computers and Structures, Inc., 1978 – 2019

Further information and copies of this documentation may be obtained from:

Computers and Structures, Inc.

info@csiamerica.com (for general information)

THIS PRODUCT IS A PRACTICAL AND POWERFUL TOOL FOR STRUCTURAL DESIGN.

THE INFORMATION PRODUCED BY THE SOFTWARE MUST BE CHECKED BY A QUALIFIED

1.1 Supported Deck Section Types 1

2 Concrete Box Girder Bridges 2

2.1 Stress Design AASHTO LRFD 2

2.2 Flexure Design AASHTO LRFD 5

2.3 Shear Design AASHTO LRFD 13

2.4 Principal Stress Design, AASHTO LRFD 27

3 Multi-Cell Concrete Box Bridges using AMA 29

3.1 Stress Design 29

3.2 Shear Design 30

3.3 Flexure Design 35

4 Concrete Slab Bridges 40

4.1 Stress Design 40

4.2 Shear Design 41

4.3 Flexure Design 46

5 Precast Concrete Girder Bridges 50

5.1 Stress Design 50

5.2 Shear Design 51

5.3 Flexure Design 61

5.4 Principal Stress Design 68

6 Steel I-Girder with Composite Slab 70

6.1 Section Properties 70

6.2 Demand Sets 78

6.3 Strength Design Request 82

6.4 Service Design Request 90

6.5 Fatigue Design Request 91

6.6 Constructability Design Request 92

6.7 Section Optimization 97

6.8 PennDOT Amendments for DM-4 98

7 Steel U-Girder Bridge with Composite Slab 99

7.1 Section Properties 99

7.2 Demand Sets 105

7.3 Strength Design Request 108

7.4 Service Design Request 114

7.5 Web Fatigue Design Request 115

7.6 Constructability Design Request 116

7.7 Section Optimization 123

1.1 Supported Deck Section Types

• Concrete Box (Chapter 2)

Supported Deck Section Types 1

2.1 Stress Design AASHTO LRFD

The stress limits are evaluated by applying the Capacity Parameters.

Stress Design AASHTO LRFD 2

Stress Design Example

Concrete unit weight, w c 0.150 kcf

Stress Design AASHTO LRFD 3

Top fiber stress:

𝑃𝑃 𝑀𝑀3 −856.51 −897.599

Bottom fiber stress:

𝑃𝑃 𝑀𝑀3 −856.51 −897.599

Stresses reported by CSiBridge:

Top fiber stress envelope = −0.9345 ksi

Bottom fiber stress envelope = −1.13945 ksi

Stress Design AASHTO LRFD 4

2.2 Flexure Design AASHTO LRFD